1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
71 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
72 #include "mi/mi-main.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
85 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
86 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
88 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
90 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
91 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)>);
93 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
96 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
97 struct linespec_result *canonical,
98 enum bptype type_wanted);
100 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
101 struct linespec_result *,
102 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
103 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
105 enum bpdisp, int, int,
107 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
108 int, int, int, unsigned);
110 static std::vector<symtab_and_line> decode_location_default
111 (struct breakpoint *b, const struct event_location *location,
112 struct program_space *search_pspace);
114 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
115 (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals);
117 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
119 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
121 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
122 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
123 const struct symtab_and_line *);
125 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
127 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
128 struct symtab_and_line,
130 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
132 static struct breakpoint *
133 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
135 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
138 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
140 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
144 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
145 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
146 struct obj_section *, int);
148 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
149 struct bp_location *loc2);
151 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
152 const struct address_space *aspace,
155 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
156 const address_space *,
159 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *);
160 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, enum remove_bp_reason);
162 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
164 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
166 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
170 int *other_type_used);
172 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
175 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
176 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
177 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
179 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
181 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
182 insert locations now. */
183 enum ugll_insert_mode
185 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
186 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
187 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
188 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
189 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
190 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
191 returns true on them.
193 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
194 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
195 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
196 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
197 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
198 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
202 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
203 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
206 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
207 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
208 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
209 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
210 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
211 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
212 as no thread is running yet. */
216 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
218 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
220 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
222 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
224 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
226 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
228 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
230 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
232 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
235 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
237 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
238 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
239 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
240 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
242 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
243 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
245 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
248 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
250 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
252 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
253 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
255 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
256 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
258 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
259 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
260 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
261 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
262 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
263 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
265 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
266 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
267 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
268 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
274 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
276 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
277 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
278 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
279 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
281 static char *dprintf_function;
283 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
284 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
285 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
286 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
287 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
288 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
289 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
291 static char *dprintf_channel;
293 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
295 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
297 struct command_line *
298 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
300 return b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
303 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
304 current breakpoint. */
306 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
309 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
311 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
312 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
314 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
316 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
319 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
320 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
321 if such is available. */
322 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
325 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
326 struct cmd_list_element *c,
329 fprintf_filtered (file,
330 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
331 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
335 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
336 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
337 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
338 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
339 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
341 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
342 struct cmd_list_element *c,
345 fprintf_filtered (file,
346 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
347 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
351 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
352 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
353 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
354 use hardware breakpoints. */
355 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
357 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
358 struct cmd_list_element *c,
361 fprintf_filtered (file,
362 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
366 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
367 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
368 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
369 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
370 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
371 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
372 processing user input. */
373 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
376 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
377 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
379 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
383 /* See breakpoint.h. */
386 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
388 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
390 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
391 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
392 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
395 else if (target_has_execution)
397 if (always_inserted_mode)
399 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
404 if (threads_are_executing ())
407 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
408 stopped, we still have events to process. */
409 for (thread_info *tp : all_non_exited_threads ())
411 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
417 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
419 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
420 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
421 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
422 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
423 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
424 condition_evaluation_auto,
425 condition_evaluation_host,
426 condition_evaluation_target,
430 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
431 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
433 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
434 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
435 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
437 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
438 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
439 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
443 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
445 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
447 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
448 return condition_evaluation_target;
450 return condition_evaluation_host;
456 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
459 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
461 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
464 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
468 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
470 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
472 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
475 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
476 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
478 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
479 static int overlay_events_enabled;
481 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
482 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
484 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
485 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
486 current breakpoint. */
488 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
490 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
491 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
492 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
495 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
496 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
497 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
499 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
500 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
501 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
504 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
505 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
506 to where the loop should start from.
507 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
508 appropriate location to start with. */
510 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
511 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
512 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
514 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
515 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
518 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
520 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
521 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
522 if (is_tracepoint (B))
524 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
526 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
528 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
530 static struct bp_location **bp_locations;
532 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
534 static unsigned bp_locations_count;
536 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
537 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
538 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
539 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
540 an address you need to read. */
542 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max;
544 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
545 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
546 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
547 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
548 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max;
552 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
553 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
554 reported by a target. */
555 static std::vector<bp_location *> moribund_locations;
557 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
559 static int breakpoint_count;
561 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
562 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
563 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
564 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
565 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
567 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
569 static int tracepoint_count;
571 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
572 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
573 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
575 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
578 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
581 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
585 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
592 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
594 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
596 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
599 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
602 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
604 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
605 breakpoint_count = num;
606 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
609 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
610 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
611 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
613 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
616 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
618 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
621 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
629 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
632 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
634 struct breakpoint *b;
641 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
642 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
645 get_breakpoint (int num)
647 struct breakpoint *b;
650 if (b->number == num)
658 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
659 evaluating conditions on its side. */
662 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
664 struct bp_location *loc;
666 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
667 evaluating conditions and if the user has
668 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
670 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
671 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
674 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
677 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
678 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
681 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
682 evaluating conditions on its side. */
685 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
687 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
688 evaluating conditions and if the user has
689 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
691 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
692 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
696 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
699 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
702 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
703 condition_evaluation_mode. */
706 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args, int from_tty,
707 struct cmd_list_element *c)
709 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
711 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
712 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
714 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
715 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
716 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
720 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
721 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
723 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
724 settings was "auto". */
725 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
727 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
728 if (new_mode != old_mode)
730 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
731 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
732 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
734 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
735 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
738 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
740 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
742 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
743 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
747 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
748 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
749 target knows about. */
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
751 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
752 loc->needs_update = 1;
756 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
762 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
763 what "auto" is translating to. */
766 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
767 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
769 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
770 fprintf_filtered (file,
771 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
772 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
774 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
776 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
780 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
781 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
782 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
785 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
787 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
788 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
790 if (a->address == b->address)
793 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
796 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
797 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
798 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
801 static struct bp_location **
802 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
804 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
805 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
806 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
808 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
809 dummy_loc.address = address;
811 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
812 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
813 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_locations, bp_locations_count,
814 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
815 bp_locations_compare_addrs));
817 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
818 if (locp_found == NULL)
821 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
822 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
823 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_locations
824 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
831 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
834 xfree (b->cond_string);
835 b->cond_string = NULL;
837 if (is_watchpoint (b))
839 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
841 w->cond_exp.reset ();
845 struct bp_location *loc;
847 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
851 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
852 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
853 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
860 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
864 const char *arg = exp;
866 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
867 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
868 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
869 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
871 if (is_watchpoint (b))
873 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
875 innermost_block_tracker tracker;
877 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0, &tracker);
879 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
880 w->cond_exp_valid_block = tracker.block ();
884 struct bp_location *loc;
886 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
890 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
891 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
893 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
897 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
899 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
902 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
905 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
906 completion_tracker &tracker,
907 const char *text, const char *word)
911 text = skip_spaces (text);
912 space = skip_to_space (text);
916 struct breakpoint *b;
920 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
921 if (!isdigit (text[1]))
922 complete_internalvar (tracker, &text[1]);
926 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
933 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
935 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
936 tracker.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number));
942 /* We're completing the expression part. */
943 text = skip_spaces (space);
944 expression_completer (cmd, tracker, text, word);
947 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
950 condition_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
952 struct breakpoint *b;
957 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
960 bnum = get_number (&p);
962 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
965 if (b->number == bnum)
967 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
968 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
969 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
970 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
971 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
975 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
976 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
977 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
979 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
981 if (is_breakpoint (b))
982 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
987 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
990 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
991 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
992 Throw if any such commands is found. */
995 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
997 struct command_line *c;
999 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1001 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1002 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1003 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1005 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_0.get ());
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_1.get ());
1008 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1009 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1010 command directly. */
1011 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1012 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1014 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1015 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1019 struct longjmp_breakpoint : public breakpoint
1021 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override;
1024 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1027 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type)
1029 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1030 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1031 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1035 is_longjmp_type (bptype type)
1037 return type == bp_longjmp || type == bp_exception;
1041 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1043 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1046 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1049 static std::unique_ptr<breakpoint>
1050 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type)
1054 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
1055 b = new tracepoint ();
1056 else if (is_longjmp_type (type))
1057 b = new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1059 b = new breakpoint ();
1061 return std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> (b);
1064 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1065 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1069 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1070 struct command_line *commands)
1072 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1074 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1075 struct command_line *c;
1076 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1078 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1079 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1083 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1084 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1085 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1086 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1087 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1088 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1089 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1090 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1091 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1092 tracepoint's context. */
1093 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1095 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1097 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1098 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1099 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1100 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1101 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1102 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1105 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1106 "can be used only once"));
1111 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1115 struct command_line *c2;
1117 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_list_1 == nullptr);
1118 c2 = while_stepping->body_list_0.get ();
1119 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1121 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1122 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1128 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1132 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1133 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1135 std::vector<breakpoint *>
1136 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1138 struct breakpoint *b;
1139 std::vector<breakpoint *> found;
1140 struct bp_location *loc;
1143 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1145 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1146 if (loc->address == addr)
1147 found.push_back (b);
1153 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1154 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1157 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1158 counted_command_line &&commands)
1160 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands.get ());
1162 b->commands = std::move (commands);
1163 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1166 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1167 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1171 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1173 int old_silent = b->silent;
1176 if (old_silent != silent)
1177 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1180 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1181 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1184 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1186 int old_thread = b->thread;
1189 if (old_thread != thread)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1193 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any task. */
1197 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1199 int old_task = b->task;
1202 if (old_task != task)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1207 commands_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
1208 struct command_line *control)
1210 counted_command_line cmd;
1211 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1212 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1213 list of command by just typing "end". */
1214 bool cmd_read = false;
1216 std::string new_arg;
1218 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1220 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1221 new_arg = string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1223 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1224 new_arg = string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1225 arg = new_arg.c_str ();
1228 map_breakpoint_numbers
1229 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
1233 gdb_assert (cmd == NULL);
1234 if (control != NULL)
1235 cmd = control->body_list_0;
1239 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1240 "%s, one per line."),
1243 auto do_validate = [=] (const char *line)
1245 validate_actionline (line, b);
1247 gdb::function_view<void (const char *)> validator;
1248 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1249 validator = do_validate;
1251 cmd = read_command_lines (str.c_str (), from_tty, 1, validator);
1256 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1258 if (b->commands != cmd)
1260 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, cmd.get ());
1262 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1268 commands_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
1270 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1273 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1274 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1276 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1277 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1278 enum command_control_type
1279 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1281 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1282 return simple_control;
1285 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1288 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1290 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1294 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1295 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1300 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1301 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1304 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1305 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1306 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1309 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1310 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1311 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1312 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1313 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1315 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1316 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1320 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1321 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1323 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1327 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1329 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1330 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1332 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1334 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1339 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1341 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1346 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1347 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1349 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1350 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1351 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1355 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1357 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1358 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1361 if (readbuf != NULL)
1363 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1364 shadow_contents buffer. */
1365 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1366 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1367 + target_info->shadow_len));
1369 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1371 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1372 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1376 const unsigned char *bp;
1377 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1380 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1381 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1382 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1384 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1386 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1388 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1389 breakpoint's INSN. */
1390 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1394 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1395 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1397 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1398 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1399 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1401 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1402 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1403 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1404 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1405 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1406 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1407 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1408 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1410 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1413 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1414 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1415 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1417 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1419 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1421 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1422 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1423 report higher one. */
1426 bc_r = bp_locations_count;
1427 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1429 struct bp_location *bl;
1431 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1432 bl = bp_locations[bc];
1434 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1435 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1436 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1437 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1439 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1440 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1441 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1443 if ((bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1445 && (bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1452 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1453 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1454 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1455 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1456 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1459 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1461 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1462 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1463 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1466 && bp_locations[bc_l]->address == bp_locations[bc_l - 1]->address)
1469 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1471 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_locations_count; bc++)
1473 struct bp_location *bl = bp_locations[bc];
1475 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1476 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1477 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1480 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1483 if (bl->address >= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1484 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1485 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max))
1488 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1491 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1492 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1498 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1502 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1504 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1505 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1506 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1509 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1512 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1514 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1515 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1516 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1519 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1523 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1525 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1526 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1529 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1530 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1531 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1532 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1533 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1534 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1535 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1536 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1539 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1541 return (b->pspace == current_program_space
1542 && (b->watchpoint_thread == null_ptid
1543 || (inferior_ptid == b->watchpoint_thread
1544 && !inferior_thread ()->executing)));
1547 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1548 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1551 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1553 if (w->related_breakpoint != w)
1555 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1556 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == w);
1557 w->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1558 w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w->related_breakpoint;
1559 w->related_breakpoint = w;
1561 w->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1564 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1567 static struct value *
1568 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1570 struct value *bit_val;
1575 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1577 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1580 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1587 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1588 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1589 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1590 to be able to report stops. */
1593 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1594 struct program_space *pspace)
1596 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1598 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1599 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1600 b->loc->address = -1;
1601 b->loc->length = -1;
1604 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1605 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1608 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1610 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1612 && b->loc->next == NULL
1613 && b->loc->address == -1
1614 && b->loc->length == -1);
1617 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1618 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1619 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1620 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1622 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1624 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1625 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1628 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1629 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1630 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1631 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1632 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1633 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1634 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1635 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1637 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1638 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1639 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1640 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1641 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1642 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1643 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1644 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1647 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1648 hardware watchpoints:
1650 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1651 called several times when GDB stops.
1654 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1655 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1656 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1657 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1658 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1659 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1660 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1661 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1662 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1663 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1664 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1666 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1667 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1670 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1672 int within_current_scope;
1673 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1676 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1677 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1678 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1679 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1682 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1687 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1688 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1689 within_current_scope = 1;
1692 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1693 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1694 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1696 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1697 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1698 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1699 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1700 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1703 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1704 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1705 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1706 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1709 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1711 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1712 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1713 if (within_current_scope)
1717 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1718 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1719 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1722 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1727 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1728 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1729 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1730 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1731 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1732 be completely different objects. */
1736 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1737 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1738 locations (re)created below. */
1739 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1741 b->cond_exp.reset ();
1744 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1748 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1749 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1750 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1751 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1752 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1753 if (!target_has_execution)
1755 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1756 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1757 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1758 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1760 if (b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1761 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1763 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1764 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1767 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1770 std::vector<value_ref_ptr> val_chain;
1771 struct value *v, *result;
1772 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1774 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1776 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1777 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1778 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1779 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1780 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1782 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1784 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1785 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1786 b->val = release_value (v);
1790 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1792 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1793 gdb_assert (!val_chain.empty ());
1794 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : val_chain)
1798 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1799 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1800 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1801 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1802 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1803 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1804 && (v == val_chain[0] || ! value_lazy (v)))
1806 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1808 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1809 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1810 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1812 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1813 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1816 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
1817 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1818 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1820 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1822 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1824 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1825 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1827 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1829 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1830 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1831 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1832 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1833 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1836 addr = value_address (v);
1839 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1844 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1846 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1849 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1850 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1853 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1855 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1856 loc->address = address_significant (loc->gdbarch, addr);
1860 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1861 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
1864 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1866 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1871 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1872 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1873 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1878 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1879 struct bp_location *bl;
1881 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1885 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1888 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1889 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1890 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1892 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1893 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1894 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1895 this watchpoint in as well. */
1897 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1898 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1899 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1902 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1904 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1905 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1906 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1907 through watch_command), so always account for it
1910 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1911 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b, type, &other_type_used);
1913 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1914 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
1917 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1918 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1920 int sw_mode = b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b);
1922 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1923 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1924 "hardware watchpoint."));
1925 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1926 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1927 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1929 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1930 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1934 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1935 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1936 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1941 else if (!b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1943 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1944 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1945 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1947 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1948 "read/access watchpoint."));
1951 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1953 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1954 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1955 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1956 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1959 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1960 above left it without any location set up. But,
1961 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1962 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1963 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1964 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b, frame_pspace);
1966 else if (!within_current_scope)
1968 printf_filtered (_("\
1969 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1970 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1972 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1975 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1977 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1981 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1982 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1983 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1984 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1985 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1987 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1989 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1992 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1995 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1998 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2001 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2002 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2003 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2004 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2005 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2006 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2007 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2008 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2009 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2012 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2013 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2014 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2016 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2017 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2018 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2020 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2021 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2022 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2023 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2024 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2025 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2026 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2027 && !(bl->owner->type == bp_single_step
2028 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl->owner->thread)))
2032 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2033 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2034 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2035 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2040 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2041 instruction that triggered one. */
2042 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2043 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2047 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2048 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2049 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2050 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2059 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2060 that the location is not duplicated. */
2063 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2066 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2069 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2070 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2074 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2075 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2076 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2077 any error during parsing. */
2079 static agent_expr_up
2080 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2085 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2087 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2088 that may show up. */
2091 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2094 catch (const gdb_exception_error &ex)
2096 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2097 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2098 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2101 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2105 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2106 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2107 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2108 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2109 one of them is true. */
2112 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2114 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2115 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2116 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2117 struct bp_location *loc;
2119 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2120 bl->target_info.conditions.clear ();
2122 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2123 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2124 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2126 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2127 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2130 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2131 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2132 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2133 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2134 response back to GDB. */
2135 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2138 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2142 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2143 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2144 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2145 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2146 loc->cond_bytecode = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2150 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2151 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2152 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2154 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2160 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2161 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2162 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2164 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2165 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2166 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2168 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2171 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2173 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2175 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2178 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
2183 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2184 for this location's address. */
2185 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2189 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2190 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2191 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2194 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2195 to send the conditions to the target. */
2196 bl->target_info.conditions.push_back (loc->cond_bytecode.get ());
2203 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2204 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2205 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2207 static agent_expr_up
2208 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2210 const char *cmdrest;
2211 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2212 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2219 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2221 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2223 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2224 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2226 format_start = cmdrest;
2228 format_pieces fpieces (&cmdrest);
2230 format_end = cmdrest;
2232 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2233 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2235 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2237 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2238 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2240 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2242 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2244 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2246 std::vector<struct expression *> argvec;
2247 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2252 expression_up expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2253 argvec.push_back (expr.release ());
2255 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2259 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2261 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2262 that may show up. */
2265 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2266 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2267 argvec.size (), argvec.data ());
2269 catch (const gdb_exception_error &ex)
2271 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2272 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2273 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2276 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2280 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2281 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2282 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2285 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2287 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2288 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2289 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2290 struct bp_location *loc;
2292 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2293 bl->target_info.tcommands.clear ();
2295 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2298 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2299 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2302 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2303 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2304 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2306 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2309 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2310 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2311 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2315 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2316 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2317 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2318 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2319 response back to GDB. */
2320 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2323 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2327 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2328 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2329 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2330 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2332 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2333 loc->owner->extra_string);
2336 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2337 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2338 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2340 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2346 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2348 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2350 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2353 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2354 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2356 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2358 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2361 loc->cmd_bytecode.reset ();
2366 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2367 for this location's address. */
2368 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2371 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2372 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2373 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2374 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2377 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2378 to send the commands to the target. */
2379 bl->target_info.tcommands.push_back (loc->cmd_bytecode.get ());
2383 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2384 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2385 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2386 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2389 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2390 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2391 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2395 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR *addr)
2397 if (bl->owner->type == bp_single_step)
2399 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (bl->owner->thread);
2400 struct regcache *regcache;
2402 regcache = get_thread_regcache (thr);
2404 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl->gdbarch,
2408 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl->gdbarch, addr);
2411 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2412 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2413 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2414 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2417 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2418 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2420 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2421 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2422 int *disabled_breaks,
2423 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2424 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2426 gdb_exception bp_excpt;
2428 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2431 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2432 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2433 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2434 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2435 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2436 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2437 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2438 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2439 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2440 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2441 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2442 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2444 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2445 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2446 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2447 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2449 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2451 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2452 build_target_command_list (bl);
2453 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2454 bl->needs_update = 0;
2457 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2458 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2460 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2462 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2463 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2464 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2466 Two important cases are:
2467 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2468 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2469 hardware breakpoint.
2470 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2471 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2472 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2475 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2476 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2477 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2478 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2480 struct mem_region *mr
2481 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2485 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2487 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2489 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2490 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2492 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2494 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2496 static int said = 0;
2498 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2501 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2502 _("Note: automatically using "
2503 "hardware breakpoints for "
2504 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2509 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2510 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2512 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2513 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2514 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2515 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2517 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2523 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2524 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2525 || bl->section == NULL
2526 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2528 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2533 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2535 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2537 catch (gdb_exception &e)
2539 bp_excpt = std::move (e);
2544 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2545 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2546 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2548 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2549 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2550 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2551 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2552 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2556 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2558 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2559 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2560 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2562 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2567 bl->overlay_target_info.kind
2568 = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
2569 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2570 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2571 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2574 = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2576 catch (gdb_exception &e)
2578 bp_excpt = std::move (e);
2581 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2582 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2583 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2584 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2588 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2589 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2591 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2596 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2598 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2600 catch (gdb_exception &e)
2602 bp_excpt = std::move (e);
2607 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2608 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2613 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2615 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2617 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2618 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2619 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2620 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2621 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2622 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2623 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2624 errors as memory errors. */
2625 if (bp_excpt.reason == RETURN_ERROR
2626 && (bp_excpt.error == GENERIC_ERROR
2627 || bp_excpt.error == MEMORY_ERROR)
2628 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2629 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2630 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2633 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2634 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2635 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bl->owner);
2636 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2638 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2639 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2641 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2642 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2643 "library breakpoints:\n");
2645 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2646 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2647 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2652 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2654 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2655 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_excpt.message != NULL;
2656 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2657 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2659 bp_excpt.message ? ":" : ".\n");
2660 if (bp_excpt.message != NULL)
2661 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n",
2666 if (bp_excpt.message == NULL)
2669 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2670 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2672 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2673 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2675 bl->owner->number, message.c_str ());
2679 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2680 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2695 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2696 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2697 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2698 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2702 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2703 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2705 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2707 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2708 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2709 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2711 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2713 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2714 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2718 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2719 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2723 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2724 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2731 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2732 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2735 /* Back to the original value. */
2736 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2740 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2743 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2747 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2748 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2750 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2753 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2757 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2758 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2760 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2763 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2765 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2766 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2767 so just return success. */
2774 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2775 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2779 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2781 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2782 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2784 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2787 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2788 delete_breakpoint (b);
2791 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2792 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2793 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2795 struct bp_location *tmp;
2797 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2799 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2800 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2801 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2803 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2804 if (tmp->next == loc)
2806 tmp->next = loc->next;
2812 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2813 removed locations above. */
2814 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2817 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2818 Throws exception on any error.
2819 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2820 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2822 insert_breakpoints (void)
2824 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2827 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2829 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2831 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2834 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2835 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2836 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2837 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2840 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2843 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2845 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2849 callback (loc, NULL);
2853 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2854 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2855 always-inserted mode. */
2858 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2860 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2863 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2864 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2865 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2867 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2869 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2870 there was an error. */
2871 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2873 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2875 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2877 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2879 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2882 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2883 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2884 deletion of breakpoints. */
2885 if (!bl->inserted || !bl->needs_update)
2888 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2890 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2891 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2892 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2893 insert breakpoints. */
2894 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2895 && inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
2898 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2899 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2906 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2907 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2911 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2914 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2916 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2917 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2920 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2921 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2922 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2924 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2926 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2927 there was an error. */
2928 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2930 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2932 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2934 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2937 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2938 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2939 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2940 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2941 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2944 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2946 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2947 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2948 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2949 insert breakpoints. */
2950 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2951 && inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
2954 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2955 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2960 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2961 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2964 int some_failed = 0;
2965 struct bp_location *loc;
2967 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2970 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2973 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2976 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2977 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2984 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2986 remove_breakpoint (loc);
2988 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2989 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert "
2990 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2998 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2999 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3000 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3002 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3003 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3005 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3006 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3010 /* Used when the program stops.
3011 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3012 removing a breakpoint location. */
3015 remove_breakpoints (void)
3017 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3020 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3022 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3023 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl);
3028 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3032 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3034 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3038 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3040 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3042 printf_filtered (_("\
3043 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3044 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3046 /* Hide it from the user. */
3052 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3055 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior *inf)
3057 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3060 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3062 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3065 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3067 val = remove_breakpoint (bl);
3074 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3076 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3077 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3078 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3079 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3080 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3081 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3083 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3086 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3089 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3090 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3094 static struct breakpoint *
3095 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3096 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3097 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3099 symtab_and_line sal;
3101 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3102 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3104 breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3105 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3106 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3111 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3113 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3115 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3117 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3118 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3120 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3121 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym {};
3123 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3124 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES] {};
3126 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3127 int longjmp_searched = 0;
3129 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3131 std::vector<probe *> longjmp_probes;
3133 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3134 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym {};
3136 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3137 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym {};
3139 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3140 int exception_searched = 0;
3142 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3144 std::vector<probe *> exception_probes;
3147 static const struct objfile_key<breakpoint_objfile_data>
3148 breakpoint_objfile_key;
3150 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3151 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3153 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3156 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3158 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3161 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3162 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3164 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3165 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3167 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3169 bp_objfile_data = breakpoint_objfile_key.get (objfile);
3170 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3171 bp_objfile_data = breakpoint_objfile_key.emplace (objfile);
3172 return bp_objfile_data;
3176 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3178 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3180 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3182 struct breakpoint *b;
3183 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3185 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3187 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3189 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3192 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3194 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3196 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3197 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3199 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3200 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3203 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3206 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3207 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3209 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3210 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3211 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3212 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3214 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3216 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3217 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3221 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3222 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3228 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3230 struct program_space *pspace;
3232 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3234 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3236 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3238 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3241 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3242 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3244 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3246 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3248 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3250 std::vector<probe *> ret
3251 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3255 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3258 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3260 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3261 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3265 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3266 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3269 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes.empty ())
3271 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes)
3273 struct breakpoint *b;
3275 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3276 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3278 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3279 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3280 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3286 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3289 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3291 struct breakpoint *b;
3292 const char *func_name;
3294 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3296 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3299 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3300 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3302 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3304 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3305 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3307 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3308 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3311 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3314 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3315 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3316 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3317 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3318 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3319 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3320 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3326 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3328 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3330 struct program_space *pspace;
3331 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3333 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3335 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3339 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3341 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3343 struct breakpoint *b;
3344 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3345 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3347 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3349 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3352 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3354 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3356 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3357 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3358 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3360 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3361 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3364 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3367 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3368 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3369 bp_std_terminate_master,
3370 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3371 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3372 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3373 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3374 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3379 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3382 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3384 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3386 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3388 struct breakpoint *b;
3389 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3390 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3392 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3394 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3396 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3397 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3399 std::vector<probe *> ret
3400 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3404 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3407 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3409 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3410 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3414 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3415 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3418 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_probes.empty ())
3420 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3422 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->exception_probes)
3424 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3425 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3426 bp_exception_master,
3427 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3428 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3429 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3435 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3437 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3440 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3442 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3444 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3446 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3447 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3449 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3453 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3456 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3457 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3458 current_top_target ());
3459 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3460 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3461 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3462 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3463 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3464 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3468 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3471 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint *b)
3473 return b->location != NULL && event_location_empty_p (b->location.get ());
3477 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3479 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3480 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3482 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3483 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3484 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3485 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3486 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3487 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3488 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3489 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3490 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3491 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3492 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3494 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3496 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3499 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3500 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3502 delete_breakpoint (b);
3506 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3507 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3509 delete_breakpoint (b);
3513 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3514 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3515 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3516 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3517 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3519 delete_breakpoint (b);
3523 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3524 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3526 delete_breakpoint (b);
3530 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3531 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3533 delete_breakpoint (b);
3537 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3539 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3540 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3541 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3543 delete_breakpoint (b);
3547 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3549 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3550 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3551 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3552 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3556 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3557 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3558 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3559 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3560 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3561 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3563 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3564 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3565 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3566 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3567 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3568 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3569 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3571 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3572 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3573 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3574 let finish_command delete it.
3576 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3577 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3578 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3579 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3580 solib breakpoints.) */
3582 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3587 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3588 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3590 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
3592 delete_breakpoint (b);
3599 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3601 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3603 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid = make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid);
3604 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3606 if (ptid.pid () == inferior_ptid.pid ())
3607 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3609 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3610 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3611 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3613 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3616 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3617 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3618 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3619 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3620 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3621 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3622 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3626 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3632 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3633 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3634 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3635 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3636 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3639 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
3643 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3644 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3646 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3647 This should not ever happen. */
3648 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3650 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3651 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3653 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3654 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3655 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3657 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3658 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3659 || bl->section == NULL
3660 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3662 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3664 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3665 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3666 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3667 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3668 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3669 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3670 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3671 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3672 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3673 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3674 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3675 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3676 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3677 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3678 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3679 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3680 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3681 they should always be removed. */
3682 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3683 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3684 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3687 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3691 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3692 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3693 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3695 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3696 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3698 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3699 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3700 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3701 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3702 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3704 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3705 &bl->overlay_target_info,
3708 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3709 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3712 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3713 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3714 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3715 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3717 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3718 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3719 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3720 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3721 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3722 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3728 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3733 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3734 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3735 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3736 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3737 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3738 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3739 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3740 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3741 always-inserted mode. */
3743 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3744 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3745 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3746 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3752 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3754 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3756 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3757 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3759 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3760 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3762 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3763 if (reason == REMOVE_BREAKPOINT && bl->inserted)
3764 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3767 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3768 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3771 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3772 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3774 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3778 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3785 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
3787 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3788 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3790 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3791 This should not ever happen. */
3792 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3794 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
3796 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3798 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT);
3801 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3804 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3806 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3808 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3809 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3813 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3814 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3816 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3819 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3820 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3821 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3826 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3828 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3829 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3831 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3833 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3836 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3840 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3846 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3848 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3849 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3852 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3854 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3856 case bp_shlib_event:
3858 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3859 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3860 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3861 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3862 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3864 (gdb) file prog-linux
3865 (gdb) run # native linux target
3868 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3869 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3872 case bp_step_resume:
3874 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3876 case bp_single_step:
3878 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3880 delete_breakpoint (b);
3884 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3885 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3886 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3888 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3890 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3891 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3892 delete_breakpoint (b);
3895 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3896 valid. New ones will be created in
3897 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3898 The next update_global_location_list call will
3899 garbage collect them. */
3902 if (context == inf_starting)
3904 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3905 insert_breakpoints. */
3906 w->val.reset (nullptr);
3917 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3918 for (bp_location *bl : moribund_locations)
3919 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3920 moribund_locations.clear ();
3923 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3924 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3925 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3926 match, not program space. */
3928 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3929 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3930 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3931 permanent breakpoint.
3932 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3933 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3934 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3935 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3936 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3938 enum breakpoint_here
3939 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3941 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3942 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3946 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3947 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3950 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3951 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3953 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3955 if (overlay_debugging
3956 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3957 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3958 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3959 else if (bl->permanent)
3960 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3962 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3966 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
3969 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3972 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space *aspace,
3973 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3975 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3977 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3979 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3980 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3983 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3985 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
3988 if (overlay_debugging
3989 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3990 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3992 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4003 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4006 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4008 for (bp_location *loc : moribund_locations)
4009 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4015 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4019 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4020 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4023 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4026 if (overlay_debugging
4027 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4028 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4029 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4036 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4039 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4041 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4043 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4045 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4047 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4048 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4051 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4057 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4061 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4064 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4066 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4068 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4070 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4073 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4080 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4083 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4086 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4088 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4090 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4092 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4095 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4103 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space *aspace,
4104 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4106 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4108 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4110 struct bp_location *loc;
4112 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4113 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4116 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4119 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4120 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4124 /* Check for intersection. */
4125 l = std::max<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address, addr);
4126 h = std::min<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4135 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4139 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4141 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4144 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4147 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4149 if (bp_location_at != NULL)
4150 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at);
4153 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4154 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4157 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4174 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats &other)
4176 bp_location_at (other.bp_location_at),
4177 breakpoint_at (other.breakpoint_at),
4178 commands (other.commands),
4179 print (other.print),
4181 print_it (other.print_it)
4183 if (other.old_val != NULL)
4184 old_val = release_value (value_copy (other.old_val.get ()));
4185 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at);
4188 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4189 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4192 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4196 bpstat retval = NULL;
4201 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4203 tmp = new bpstats (*bs);
4206 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4216 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4219 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4224 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4226 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4232 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4235 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4237 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4239 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4241 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4243 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4248 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4257 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4258 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4259 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4260 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4262 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4263 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4265 Return 1 otherwise. */
4268 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4270 struct breakpoint *b;
4273 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4275 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4276 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4277 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4278 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4279 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4281 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4283 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4287 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4290 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4294 if (inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
4297 thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4298 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4300 bs->commands = NULL;
4301 bs->old_val.reset (nullptr);
4305 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4308 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4310 if (inferior_ptid != null_ptid)
4312 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4314 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4315 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4316 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4317 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4318 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4322 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4325 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4326 or its equivalent. */
4329 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4331 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4334 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4335 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4336 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4337 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4339 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4340 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4341 bpstat of the current thread. */
4344 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4349 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4351 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4354 scoped_restore save_executing
4355 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands, 1);
4357 scoped_restore preventer = prevent_dont_repeat ();
4359 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4362 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4363 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4365 struct command_line *cmd = NULL;
4367 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4369 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4370 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4371 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4372 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4373 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4374 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4375 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4376 the tree when we're done. */
4377 counted_command_line ccmd = bs->commands;
4378 bs->commands = NULL;
4381 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4383 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4389 execute_control_command (cmd);
4391 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4397 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4399 if (current_ui->async)
4400 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4401 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4402 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4405 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4406 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4407 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4408 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4409 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4410 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4411 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4412 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4413 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4414 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4415 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4416 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4417 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4425 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4426 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4428 static thread_info *
4429 get_bpstat_thread ()
4431 if (inferior_ptid == null_ptid || !target_has_execution)
4434 thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4435 if (tp->state == THREAD_EXITED || tp->executing)
4441 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4443 auto cleanup_if_error = make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions);
4446 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4447 while ((tp = get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL)
4449 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4450 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4451 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4452 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4453 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp->control.stop_bpstat))
4457 cleanup_if_error.release ();
4460 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4463 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4466 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4469 struct value_print_options opts;
4470 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4471 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4475 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4476 debugging multiple threads. */
4479 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4481 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4486 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4489 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4491 uiout->text ("Thread ");
4492 uiout->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4494 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4497 uiout->text (" \"");
4498 uiout->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name);
4502 uiout->text (" hit ");
4506 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4507 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4508 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4509 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4512 static enum print_stop_action
4513 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4515 switch (bs->print_it)
4518 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4519 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4523 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4524 relevant messages. */
4525 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4528 case print_it_normal:
4530 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4532 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4533 which has since been deleted. */
4535 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4537 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4538 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4543 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4544 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4549 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4552 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4554 bool any_deleted = !current_program_space->deleted_solibs.empty ();
4555 bool any_added = !current_program_space->added_solibs.empty ();
4559 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4560 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4562 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4563 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4566 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4567 current_uiout->field_string ("reason",
4568 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4572 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4573 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "removed");
4574 for (int ix = 0; ix < current_program_space->deleted_solibs.size (); ix++)
4576 const std::string &name = current_program_space->deleted_solibs[ix];
4579 current_uiout->text (" ");
4580 current_uiout->field_string ("library", name);
4581 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4587 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4588 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "added");
4590 for (so_list *iter : current_program_space->added_solibs)
4593 current_uiout->text (" ");
4595 current_uiout->field_string ("library", iter->so_name);
4596 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4601 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4602 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4603 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4604 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4605 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4606 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4607 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4610 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4611 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4612 code to print the location. An example is
4613 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4615 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4616 to also print the location part of the message.
4617 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4618 don't require a location appended to the end.
4619 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4620 further info to be printed. */
4622 enum print_stop_action
4623 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4625 enum print_stop_action val;
4627 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4628 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4629 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4630 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4631 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4633 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4634 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4635 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4636 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4640 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4641 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4642 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4643 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4645 print_solib_event (0);
4646 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4649 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4650 with and nothing was printed. */
4651 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4654 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4657 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression *exp)
4659 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4660 bool res = value_true (evaluate_expression (exp));
4662 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4666 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4668 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4670 bp_location_at (bl),
4671 breakpoint_at (bl->owner),
4675 print_it (print_it_normal)
4677 incref_bp_location (bl);
4678 **bs_link_pointer = this;
4679 *bs_link_pointer = &next;
4684 bp_location_at (NULL),
4685 breakpoint_at (NULL),
4689 print_it (print_it_normal)
4693 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4694 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4697 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4699 bool stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4701 struct breakpoint *b;
4703 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4705 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4706 as not triggered. */
4708 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4710 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4712 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4718 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr))
4720 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4721 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4723 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4725 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4727 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4733 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4734 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4738 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4740 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4741 struct bp_location *loc;
4743 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4744 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4746 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4748 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4749 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4751 if (newaddr == start)
4753 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4757 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4758 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4762 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4771 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4772 enum wp_check_result
4774 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4777 /* The value has changed. */
4778 WP_VALUE_CHANGED = 2,
4780 /* The value has not changed. */
4781 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 3,
4783 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4787 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4788 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4790 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4793 static wp_check_result
4794 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs)
4796 struct watchpoint *b;
4797 struct frame_info *fr;
4798 int within_current_scope;
4800 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4801 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4802 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4804 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4805 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4806 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4807 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4810 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4811 within_current_scope = 1;
4814 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4815 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4816 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4818 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4819 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4820 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4821 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4822 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4823 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4824 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4825 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4826 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4827 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4830 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4831 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4833 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4834 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4835 if (within_current_scope)
4837 struct symbol *function;
4839 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4840 if (function == NULL
4841 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4842 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4843 within_current_scope = 0;
4846 if (within_current_scope)
4847 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4848 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4853 if (within_current_scope)
4855 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4856 time before we return to the command level and call
4857 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4858 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4862 struct value *new_val;
4864 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4865 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4866 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4867 a mask watchpoint. */
4868 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4870 mark = value_mark ();
4871 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4873 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
4874 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
4876 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4877 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4878 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4879 not what we want. */
4880 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4881 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val.get (),
4884 bs->old_val = b->val;
4885 b->val = release_value (new_val);
4887 if (new_val != NULL)
4888 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4889 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4893 /* Nothing changed. */
4894 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4895 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4900 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4901 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4902 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4903 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4904 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4905 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4906 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4907 the first value assigned). */
4908 /* We print all the stop information in
4909 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4910 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4911 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4914 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4916 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4918 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4920 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4921 uiout->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4922 uiout->field_int ("wpnum", b->number);
4923 uiout->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4924 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4927 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4929 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4935 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4936 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4937 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4940 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4941 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4942 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4944 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4946 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4947 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4949 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4952 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4953 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4956 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4958 const struct bp_location *bl;
4959 struct watchpoint *b;
4961 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4962 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4963 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4964 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4965 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4968 int must_check_value = 0;
4970 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4971 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4973 must_check_value = 1;
4974 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4975 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4976 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4978 must_check_value = 1;
4979 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4980 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4981 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4982 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4983 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4984 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4985 must_check_value = 1;
4987 if (must_check_value)
4993 e = watchpoint_check (bs);
4995 catch (const gdb_exception &ex)
4997 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
4998 "Error evaluating expression "
4999 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5002 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5004 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5007 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5014 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5015 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5019 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5022 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5023 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5025 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5027 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5028 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5029 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5030 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5031 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5032 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5033 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5036 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5037 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5040 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5041 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5042 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5043 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5045 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5046 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5047 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5050 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5051 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5052 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5053 changes. This still gives false positives when
5054 the program writes the same value to memory as
5055 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5056 it for a read), but it's much better than
5059 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5061 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5063 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5065 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5066 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5067 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5069 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5070 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5072 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5073 == watch_triggered_yes)
5075 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5081 if (other_write_watchpoint
5082 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5084 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5085 and the value changed since the last time we
5086 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5088 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5093 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5094 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5095 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5097 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5098 the value hasn't changed. */
5099 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5109 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5111 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5112 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5113 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5114 anything for this watchpoint. */
5115 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5121 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5122 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5123 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5124 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5127 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, thread_info *thread)
5129 const struct bp_location *bl;
5130 struct breakpoint *b;
5132 bool condition_result = true;
5133 struct expression *cond;
5135 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5137 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5138 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5139 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5140 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5141 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5143 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5144 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5145 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5147 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5148 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5154 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5155 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5157 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread->global_num)
5158 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (thread)))
5164 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5166 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5168 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5170 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5172 cond = w->cond_exp.get ();
5175 cond = bl->cond.get ();
5177 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5179 int within_current_scope = 1;
5180 struct watchpoint * w;
5182 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5183 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5184 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5185 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5187 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5189 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5190 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5194 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5195 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5196 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5197 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5198 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5200 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5201 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5204 struct frame_info *frame;
5206 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5207 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5208 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5209 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5210 really matter which instantiation of the function
5211 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5212 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5213 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5214 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5215 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5216 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5217 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5218 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5220 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5222 select_frame (frame);
5224 within_current_scope = 0;
5226 if (within_current_scope)
5230 condition_result = breakpoint_cond_eval (cond);
5232 catch (const gdb_exception &ex)
5234 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5235 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5240 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5241 "in the current scope"));
5242 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5243 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5245 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5246 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5249 if (cond && !condition_result)
5253 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5257 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5259 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5263 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5264 on the current target. */
5267 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5269 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5270 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5271 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5272 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5275 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5278 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5279 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5281 struct breakpoint *b;
5282 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5286 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5289 for (bp_location *bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5291 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5292 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5293 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5294 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5295 checked all locations already. */
5296 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5299 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5302 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5305 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5308 bpstat bs = new bpstats (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5311 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5312 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5313 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5317 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5318 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5319 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5321 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5323 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5325 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5330 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5331 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5332 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5334 for (bp_location *loc : moribund_locations)
5336 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5337 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5339 bpstat bs = new bpstats (loc, &bs_link);
5340 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5343 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5351 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5354 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space *aspace,
5355 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, thread_info *thread,
5356 const struct target_waitstatus *ws,
5359 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5360 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5361 bpstat bs_head = stop_chain;
5363 int need_remove_insert;
5366 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5367 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5368 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5369 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5370 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5371 inferior function calls. */
5372 if (bs_head == NULL)
5373 bs_head = build_bpstat_chain (aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5375 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5376 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5377 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5379 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5381 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5383 handle_solib_event ();
5388 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5389 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5390 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5394 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5399 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5400 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5403 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, thread);
5408 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5410 /* We will stop here. */
5411 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5413 --(b->enable_count);
5414 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5415 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5420 bs->commands = b->commands;
5421 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5422 ? bs->commands.get () : NULL))
5425 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5430 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5432 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5433 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5436 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5437 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5438 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5440 need_remove_insert = 0;
5441 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5442 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5444 && bs->breakpoint_at
5445 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5447 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5449 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5450 need_remove_insert = 1;
5453 if (need_remove_insert)
5454 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5455 else if (removed_any)
5456 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5462 handle_jit_event (void)
5464 struct frame_info *frame;
5465 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5468 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5470 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5471 breakpoint_re_set. */
5472 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5474 frame = get_current_frame ();
5475 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5477 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5479 target_terminal::inferior ();
5482 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5484 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5487 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5489 struct bpstat_what retval;
5492 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5493 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5494 retval.is_longjmp = false;
5496 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5498 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5499 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5500 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5503 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5505 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5506 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5510 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5517 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5518 case bp_single_step:
5521 case bp_shlib_event:
5525 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5527 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5530 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5533 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5534 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5535 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5539 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5541 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5545 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5546 This requires no further action. */
5550 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5554 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5555 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5558 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5560 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5561 case bp_exception_resume:
5564 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5565 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5568 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5570 case bp_step_resume:
5572 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5575 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5576 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5579 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5581 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5584 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5585 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5588 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5589 case bp_thread_event:
5590 case bp_overlay_event:
5591 case bp_longjmp_master:
5592 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5593 case bp_exception_master:
5594 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5600 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5602 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5606 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5607 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5608 if (bs->bp_location_at->loc_type != bp_loc_other)
5609 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5613 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5616 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5617 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5618 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5619 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5621 case bp_std_terminate:
5622 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5623 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5624 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5625 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5628 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5629 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5630 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5631 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5633 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5634 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5636 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5637 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5638 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5640 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5641 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5642 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5643 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5648 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5650 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5654 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5655 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5658 retval.main_action = std::max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5665 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
5669 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5671 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5678 handle_jit_event ();
5680 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5681 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5683 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5684 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5690 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5693 bpstat_should_step ()
5695 struct breakpoint *b;
5698 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5703 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5706 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5708 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5717 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5718 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5719 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5722 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5724 static char wrap_indent[80];
5725 int i, total_width, width, align;
5729 for (i = 1; uiout->query_table_field (i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5731 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5733 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5734 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5735 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5740 total_width += width + 1;
5746 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5747 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5749 "host": Host evals condition.
5750 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5751 "target": Target evals condition.
5755 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5757 struct bp_location *bl;
5758 char host_evals = 0;
5759 char target_evals = 0;
5764 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5767 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5768 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5769 return condition_evaluation_host;
5771 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5773 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5779 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5780 return condition_evaluation_both;
5781 else if (target_evals)
5782 return condition_evaluation_target;
5784 return condition_evaluation_host;
5787 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5788 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5791 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5793 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5796 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5797 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5798 return condition_evaluation_host;
5800 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5801 return condition_evaluation_target;
5803 return condition_evaluation_host;
5806 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5809 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5810 struct bp_location *loc)
5812 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5814 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
5816 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5820 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5822 if (b->display_canonical)
5823 uiout->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5824 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5826 const struct symbol *sym = loc->symbol;
5830 uiout->text ("in ");
5831 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym),
5832 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION);
5834 uiout->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5835 uiout->text ("at ");
5837 uiout->field_string ("file",
5838 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab),
5839 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
5842 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
5843 uiout->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5845 uiout->field_int ("line", loc->line_number);
5851 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, &stb,
5853 uiout->field_stream ("at", stb);
5857 uiout->field_string ("pending",
5858 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5859 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5860 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5861 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5862 if (!uiout->is_mi_like_p () && b->extra_string != NULL)
5864 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
5868 uiout->text (b->extra_string);
5872 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5873 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5874 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5877 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5878 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5884 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5886 struct ep_type_description
5889 const char *description;
5891 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5893 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5894 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5895 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5896 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
5897 {bp_until, "until"},
5898 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5899 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5900 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5901 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5902 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5903 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5904 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5905 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5906 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5907 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5908 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5909 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5910 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5911 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5912 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5913 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5914 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5915 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5916 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5917 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5918 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5919 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5920 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5921 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5922 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5923 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5924 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5925 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5926 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5929 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5930 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5931 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5932 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5935 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5938 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5939 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5942 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5943 const char *field_name,
5944 const std::vector<int> &inf_nums,
5947 int is_mi = uiout->is_mi_like_p ();
5949 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5950 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5951 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5954 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (uiout, field_name);
5956 for (size_t i = 0; i < inf_nums.size (); i++)
5962 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf_nums[i]);
5963 uiout->field_string (NULL, mi_group);
5968 uiout->text (" inf ");
5972 uiout->text (plongest (inf_nums[i]));
5977 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
5978 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
5979 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
5980 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
5984 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5985 struct bp_location *loc,
5987 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5988 int allflag, bool raw_loc)
5990 struct command_line *l;
5991 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5993 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5994 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5995 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5996 struct value_print_options opts;
5998 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6000 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6001 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6002 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6005 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6006 header_of_multiple = 1;
6014 if (part_of_multiple)
6015 uiout->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6017 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
6021 if (part_of_multiple)
6022 uiout->field_skip ("type");
6024 uiout->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b->type));
6028 if (part_of_multiple)
6029 uiout->field_skip ("disp");
6031 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6035 if (part_of_multiple)
6036 uiout->field_string ("enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6038 uiout->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6041 if (!raw_loc && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6042 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6045 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6047 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6049 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6050 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6051 is relatively readable). */
6052 if (opts.addressprint)
6053 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
6055 uiout->field_string ("what", w->exp_string);
6057 else if (!is_catchpoint (b) || is_exception_catchpoint (b))
6059 if (opts.addressprint)
6062 if (header_of_multiple)
6063 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6064 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6065 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6067 uiout->field_core_addr ("addr",
6068 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6071 if (!header_of_multiple)
6072 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6078 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6080 std::vector<int> inf_nums;
6083 for (inferior *inf : all_inferiors ())
6085 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6086 inf_nums.push_back (inf->num);
6089 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6090 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6092 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6093 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6094 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6095 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6096 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6097 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6099 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_nums, mi_only);
6102 if (!part_of_multiple)
6104 if (b->thread != -1)
6106 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6107 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6108 uiout->text (" thread ");
6109 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6111 else if (b->task != 0)
6113 uiout->text (" task ");
6114 uiout->field_int ("task", b->task);
6120 if (!part_of_multiple)
6121 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6123 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6126 uiout->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6127 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6129 uiout->field_core_addr ("frame",
6130 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6134 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6137 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6138 uiout->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6140 uiout->text ("\tstop only if ");
6141 uiout->field_string ("cond", b->cond_string);
6143 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6144 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6145 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6146 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6147 == condition_evaluation_target)
6150 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6151 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6152 uiout->text (" evals)");
6157 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6159 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6160 uiout->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6161 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6162 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6165 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6167 uiout->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6172 if (!part_of_multiple)
6176 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6177 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6178 uiout->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6179 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6180 uiout->text ("\ttracepoint");
6182 uiout->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6183 uiout->text (" already hit ");
6184 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6185 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6186 uiout->text (" time\n");
6188 uiout->text (" times\n");
6192 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6193 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6194 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6198 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6201 uiout->text ("\tignore next ");
6202 uiout->field_int ("ignore", b->ignore_count);
6203 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6206 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6207 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6208 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6209 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6212 uiout->text ("\tdisable after ");
6213 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6214 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6215 if (b->ignore_count)
6216 uiout->text ("additional ");
6218 uiout->text ("next ");
6219 uiout->field_int ("enable", b->enable_count);
6220 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6223 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6225 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6227 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6229 uiout->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6230 uiout->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6231 uiout->text (" bytes\n");
6235 l = b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
6236 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6239 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "script");
6240 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6243 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6245 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6247 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6249 annotate_field (10);
6250 uiout->text ("\tpass count ");
6251 uiout->field_int ("pass", t->pass_count);
6252 uiout->text (" \n");
6255 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6257 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6259 annotate_field (11);
6261 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6262 uiout->field_string ("installed",
6263 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6269 uiout->text ("\tnot ");
6270 uiout->text ("installed on target\n");
6275 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple)
6277 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6279 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6281 uiout->field_string ("original-location", w->exp_string);
6283 else if (b->location != NULL
6284 && event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()) != NULL)
6285 uiout->field_string ("original-location",
6286 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
6290 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6292 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally = false;
6295 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6296 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6299 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6300 bool use_fixed_output
6301 = (uiout->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output)
6302 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally);
6304 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place, uiout, "bkpt");
6305 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag, false);
6307 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6309 if (!use_fixed_output)
6310 bkpt_tuple_emitter.reset ();
6312 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6313 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6314 locations, if any. */
6316 || b->ops->print_one == NULL
6319 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6320 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6321 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6324 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6325 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6327 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6328 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6329 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6330 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6331 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6332 && (!is_catchpoint (b) || is_exception_catchpoint (b))
6334 || (b->loc && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))))
6336 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_list> locations_list;
6338 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6339 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6341 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output)
6342 locations_list.emplace (uiout, "locations");
6345 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6347 ui_out_emit_tuple loc_tuple_emitter (uiout, NULL);
6348 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc,
6356 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6358 int print_address_bits = 0;
6359 struct bp_location *loc;
6361 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6362 address to print. */
6363 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6366 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6370 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6371 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6372 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6375 return print_address_bits;
6378 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6381 print_breakpoint (breakpoint *b)
6383 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6384 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6387 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6388 internal or momentary. */
6391 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6393 return b->number > 0;
6396 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6399 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6401 return b->loc == NULL;
6404 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6405 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6406 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6407 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6408 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6409 breakpoints listed. */
6412 breakpoint_1 (const char *args, int allflag,
6413 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6415 struct breakpoint *b;
6416 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6417 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6418 struct value_print_options opts;
6419 int print_address_bits = 0;
6420 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6421 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6423 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6425 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6426 required for address fields. */
6427 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6430 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6431 if (filter && !filter (b))
6434 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6435 accept. Skip the others. */
6436 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6438 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6440 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6444 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6446 int addr_bit, type_len;
6448 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6449 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6450 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6452 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6453 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6454 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6456 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6461 ui_out_emit_table table_emitter (uiout,
6462 opts.addressprint ? 6 : 5,
6463 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6466 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6467 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6468 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6470 uiout->table_header (7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6471 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6473 uiout->table_header (print_type_col_width, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6474 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6476 uiout->table_header (4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6477 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6479 uiout->table_header (3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6480 if (opts.addressprint)
6482 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6484 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6485 uiout->table_header (10, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6487 uiout->table_header (18, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6489 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6491 uiout->table_header (40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6492 uiout->table_body ();
6493 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6494 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6499 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6500 if (filter && !filter (b))
6503 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6504 accept. Skip the others. */
6506 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6508 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6510 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6513 else /* all others */
6515 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6519 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6521 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6522 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6526 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6528 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6532 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6533 uiout->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6535 uiout->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6541 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6542 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6545 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6546 there have been breakpoints? */
6547 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6549 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6552 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6553 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6556 default_collect_info (void)
6558 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6560 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6561 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6563 if (!*default_collect)
6566 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6568 uiout->text ("default collect ");
6569 uiout->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect);
6570 uiout->text (" \n");
6574 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6576 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6578 default_collect_info ();
6582 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6584 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6585 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6587 if (num_printed == 0)
6589 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6590 uiout->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6592 uiout->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6597 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args, int from_tty)
6599 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6601 default_collect_info ();
6605 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6606 struct program_space *pspace,
6607 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6609 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6611 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6613 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6614 && bl->address == pc
6615 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6621 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6622 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6626 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6627 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6628 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6631 struct breakpoint *b;
6634 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6635 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6639 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6640 else /* if (others == ???) */
6641 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6643 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6646 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6647 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6648 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6649 else if (b->thread != -1)
6650 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6651 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6652 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6653 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6657 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6659 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6660 fputs_styled (paddress (gdbarch, pc), address_style.style (), gdb_stdout);
6661 printf_filtered (".\n");
6666 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6667 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6668 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6669 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6671 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6672 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6673 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6674 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6678 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location *loc)
6680 return loc->loc_type != bp_loc_other;
6683 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6684 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6687 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6688 struct bp_location *loc2)
6690 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6691 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6693 /* Both of them must exist. */
6694 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6695 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6697 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6698 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6699 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6700 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6701 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6702 other watchpoint. */
6704 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6706 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6707 w1->cond_exp.get ()))
6709 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6711 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6712 w2->cond_exp.get ())))
6715 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6716 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6717 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6718 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6719 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6720 become hw_access locations later. */
6721 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6722 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6723 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6724 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6727 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6730 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6731 const address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6733 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6734 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6738 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6739 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6740 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6741 space doesn't really matter. */
6744 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space *aspace1,
6746 int len1, const address_space *aspace2,
6749 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6750 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6751 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6754 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6755 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6756 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6757 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6760 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6761 const address_space *aspace,
6764 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6767 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6768 bl->address, bl->length,
6772 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6773 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6774 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6775 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6776 doesn't really matter. */
6779 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
6780 const address_space *aspace,
6781 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
6783 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6784 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
6786 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
6788 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
6794 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6795 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6796 true, otherwise returns false. */
6799 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6800 struct bp_location *loc2)
6802 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6803 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6804 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6805 different locations. */
6806 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6811 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6812 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6813 the same location. */
6816 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6817 struct bp_location *loc2)
6819 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6821 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6822 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6823 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6825 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6826 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6828 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6831 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6832 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6833 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6835 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6836 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6837 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6838 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6842 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6843 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6845 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6846 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6850 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6851 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6853 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6854 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6856 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6859 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6860 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6861 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6862 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6865 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6866 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6868 if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6869 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6870 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6871 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6872 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6874 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6875 have their addresses modified. */
6878 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
6880 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6881 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6882 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6883 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6884 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6885 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6890 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr = bpaddr;
6892 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6894 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6895 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6896 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6899 adjusted_bpaddr = address_significant (gdbarch, adjusted_bpaddr);
6901 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6902 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6904 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6905 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6907 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6912 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type)
6917 case bp_single_step:
6921 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6922 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6924 case bp_exception_resume:
6925 case bp_step_resume:
6926 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6927 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6929 case bp_std_terminate:
6930 case bp_shlib_event:
6931 case bp_thread_event:
6932 case bp_overlay_event:
6934 case bp_longjmp_master:
6935 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6936 case bp_exception_master:
6937 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6938 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6940 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6941 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6942 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6943 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6944 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6945 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6946 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6950 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6951 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6952 return bp_loc_other;
6954 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6958 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint *owner, bp_loc_type type)
6960 this->owner = owner;
6961 this->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6962 this->shlib_disabled = 0;
6965 this->loc_type = type;
6967 if (this->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
6968 || this->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
6969 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
6974 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint *owner)
6975 : bp_location::bp_location (owner,
6976 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner->type))
6980 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6982 static struct bp_location *
6983 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6985 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6989 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6994 /* Increment reference count. */
6997 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7002 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7003 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7006 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7008 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7010 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7011 free_bp_location (*blp);
7015 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7018 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&b)
7020 struct breakpoint *b1;
7021 struct breakpoint *result = b.get ();
7023 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7024 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7026 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7028 breakpoint_chain = b.release ();
7033 b1->next = b.release ();
7039 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7042 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7043 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7045 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7047 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7051 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7052 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7053 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7054 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7057 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7058 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7060 static struct breakpoint *
7061 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7063 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7065 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7067 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7068 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7071 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7074 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
7076 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7078 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7079 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7080 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7082 const char *function_name;
7084 if (loc->msymbol != NULL
7085 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7086 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc))
7088 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7090 function_name = MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc->msymbol);
7092 if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7093 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7095 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7096 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7097 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7098 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7100 loc->related_address = loc->address;
7104 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &function_name, NULL, NULL);
7107 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7111 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7113 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7116 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7118 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7123 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7124 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7125 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7127 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7128 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7129 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7132 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7133 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7134 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7136 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7138 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7140 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7141 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7143 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7144 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7146 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7147 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7150 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7151 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7152 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7153 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7154 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7155 is also returned as the value of this function.
7157 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7158 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7159 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7160 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7161 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7162 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7163 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7166 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7167 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7168 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7170 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7172 init_raw_breakpoint (b.get (), gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7173 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7176 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7177 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7178 initiated the operation. */
7181 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7183 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7184 int thread = tp->global_num;
7186 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7187 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7188 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7189 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7190 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7191 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7192 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7193 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7195 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7196 struct breakpoint *clone;
7198 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7199 after their removal. */
7200 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7201 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7202 clone->thread = thread;
7205 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7208 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7210 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7212 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7214 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7215 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7217 if (b->thread == thread)
7218 delete_breakpoint (b);
7223 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7225 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7227 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7228 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7230 if (b->thread == thread)
7231 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7235 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7236 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7237 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7241 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7243 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7246 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7248 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7250 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7251 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7253 new_b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
7255 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7257 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7260 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7261 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7262 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7263 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7269 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7270 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7273 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7274 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7278 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7280 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7282 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7283 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7285 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7287 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7288 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7289 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7290 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7293 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp);
7295 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7297 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7298 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7299 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7301 delete_breakpoint (b);
7306 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7308 struct breakpoint *b;
7311 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7313 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7314 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7315 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7320 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7322 struct breakpoint *b;
7325 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7327 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7328 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7329 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7333 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7334 master breakpoint. */
7336 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7338 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7340 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7341 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7342 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7344 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7345 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7349 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7351 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7353 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7356 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7357 delete_breakpoint (b);
7361 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7363 struct breakpoint *b;
7365 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7366 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7368 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7369 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7370 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7372 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7377 struct lang_and_radix
7383 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7386 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7388 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7389 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7392 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7395 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7397 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7399 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7400 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7401 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7402 delete_breakpoint (b);
7406 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7408 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7411 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7412 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7413 delete_breakpoint (b);
7416 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7419 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7421 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7424 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7425 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7426 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7429 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7430 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7431 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7433 static struct breakpoint *
7434 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7435 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7437 struct breakpoint *b;
7439 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7440 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7441 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7446 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7448 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7451 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7454 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7456 struct breakpoint *b;
7458 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7460 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7461 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7463 delete_breakpoint (b);
7469 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7470 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7473 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7475 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7477 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7479 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7480 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7482 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7483 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7484 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7485 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7486 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7487 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7488 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7489 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7490 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7491 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7492 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7493 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7496 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7501 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7502 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7503 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7506 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7508 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7509 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7511 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7513 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7514 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7516 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7517 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7518 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7519 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7520 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7521 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7522 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7523 || is_tracepoint (b))
7524 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7526 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7527 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7528 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7529 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7532 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7533 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7535 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7537 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7538 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7539 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7542 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7547 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7548 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7549 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7552 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7554 struct breakpoint *b;
7556 if (objfile == NULL)
7559 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7560 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7561 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7562 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7563 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7564 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7565 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7566 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7567 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7568 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7570 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7571 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7576 struct bp_location *loc;
7577 int bp_modified = 0;
7579 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7582 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7584 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7586 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7587 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7590 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7593 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7596 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7597 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7600 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7602 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7603 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7604 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7605 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7606 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7609 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7616 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7620 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7622 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7623 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7624 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7626 struct fork_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7628 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7629 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7630 catchpoint has triggered. */
7631 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7634 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7638 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7640 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7643 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7647 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7649 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7652 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7656 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7657 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7658 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7660 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7662 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7665 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7669 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7672 static enum print_stop_action
7673 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7675 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7676 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7677 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7679 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7680 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7681 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7682 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7684 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7685 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7687 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7688 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7690 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7691 uiout->text (" (forked process ");
7692 uiout->field_int ("newpid", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7693 uiout->text ("), ");
7694 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7697 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7701 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7703 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7704 struct value_print_options opts;
7705 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7707 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7709 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7710 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7712 if (opts.addressprint)
7713 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7715 uiout->text ("fork");
7716 if (c->forked_inferior_pid != null_ptid)
7718 uiout->text (", process ");
7719 uiout->field_int ("what", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7723 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7724 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7727 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7731 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7733 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7736 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7740 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7742 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7743 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7746 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7748 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7750 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7754 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7756 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7759 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7763 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7765 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7768 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7772 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7773 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7774 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7776 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7778 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7781 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7785 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7788 static enum print_stop_action
7789 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7791 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7792 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7793 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7795 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7796 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7797 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7798 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7800 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7801 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7803 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7804 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7806 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7807 uiout->text (" (vforked process ");
7808 uiout->field_int ("newpid", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7809 uiout->text ("), ");
7810 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7813 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7817 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7819 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7820 struct value_print_options opts;
7821 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7823 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7824 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7825 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7827 if (opts.addressprint)
7828 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7830 uiout->text ("vfork");
7831 if (c->forked_inferior_pid != null_ptid)
7833 uiout->text (", process ");
7834 uiout->field_int ("what", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7838 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7839 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7842 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7846 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7848 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7851 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7855 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7857 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7858 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7861 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7863 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7865 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7866 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7867 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7869 struct solib_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7871 ~solib_catchpoint () override;
7873 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7874 unsigned char is_load;
7876 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7877 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7879 std::unique_ptr<compiled_regex> compiled;
7882 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7884 xfree (this->regex);
7888 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7894 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7900 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7901 const address_space *aspace,
7903 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7905 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7906 struct breakpoint *other;
7908 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7911 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7913 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7915 if (other == bl->owner)
7918 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7921 if (self->pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->pspace)
7924 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7926 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7935 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7937 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7938 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7942 for (so_list *iter : current_program_space->added_solibs)
7945 || self->compiled->exec (iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7951 for (const std::string &iter : current_program_space->deleted_solibs)
7954 || self->compiled->exec (iter.c_str (), 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7960 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7963 static enum print_stop_action
7964 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7966 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7967 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7969 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7970 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7971 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7972 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7974 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7975 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7977 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7978 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7979 print_solib_event (1);
7980 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7984 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7986 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7987 struct value_print_options opts;
7988 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7990 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7991 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7992 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7994 if (opts.addressprint)
7997 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8005 msg = string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8007 msg = _("load of library");
8012 msg = string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8014 msg = _("unload of library");
8016 uiout->field_string ("what", msg);
8018 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8019 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8023 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8025 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8027 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8028 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8032 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8034 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8036 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8037 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8038 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8040 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8041 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8044 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8046 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8047 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8048 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8049 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8050 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8051 created in an enabled state. */
8054 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8056 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8060 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8062 std::unique_ptr<solib_catchpoint> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8066 c->compiled.reset (new compiled_regex (arg, REG_NOSUB,
8067 _("Invalid regexp")));
8068 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8071 c->is_load = is_load;
8072 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8073 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8075 c->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8077 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8080 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8084 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8085 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8088 const int enabled = 1;
8090 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8092 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8096 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8097 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8099 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8103 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8104 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8106 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8109 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8110 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8111 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8112 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8115 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8116 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8117 const char *cond_string,
8118 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8120 symtab_and_line sal;
8121 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8123 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8125 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8126 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8130 install_breakpoint (int internal, std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&arg, int update_gll)
8132 breakpoint *b = add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg));
8133 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8134 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8135 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8138 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
8141 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8145 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8146 int tempflag, const char *cond_string,
8147 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8149 std::unique_ptr<fork_catchpoint> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8151 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8153 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8155 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8158 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8160 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8161 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8162 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8164 struct exec_catchpoint : public breakpoint
8166 ~exec_catchpoint () override;
8168 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8169 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8171 char *exec_pathname;
8174 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8176 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8178 xfree (this->exec_pathname);
8182 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8184 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
8188 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8190 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
8194 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8195 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8196 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8198 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8200 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8203 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8207 static enum print_stop_action
8208 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8210 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8211 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8212 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8214 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8215 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8216 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8217 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8219 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8220 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8222 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8223 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8225 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8226 uiout->text (" (exec'd ");
8227 uiout->field_string ("new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8228 uiout->text ("), ");
8230 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8234 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8236 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8237 struct value_print_options opts;
8238 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8240 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8242 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8243 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8244 is relatively readable). */
8245 if (opts.addressprint)
8246 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8248 uiout->text ("exec");
8249 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8251 uiout->text (", program \"");
8252 uiout->field_string ("what", c->exec_pathname);
8253 uiout->text ("\" ");
8256 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8257 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8261 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8263 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8266 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8270 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8272 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8273 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8276 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8279 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8282 struct breakpoint *b;
8283 struct bp_location *bl;
8287 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8288 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8290 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8292 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8299 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8303 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8306 struct bp_location *bl;
8308 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8311 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8313 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8315 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8321 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8322 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8323 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8324 types _not_ TYPE. */
8327 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8328 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8331 struct breakpoint *b;
8333 *other_type_used = 0;
8338 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8341 if (b->type == type)
8342 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8343 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8344 *other_type_used = 1;
8351 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8353 struct breakpoint *b;
8357 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8359 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8360 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8366 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8368 struct breakpoint *b;
8372 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8374 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8375 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8381 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8383 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8384 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8388 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8390 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8391 breakpoint_re_set ();
8394 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8397 static struct breakpoint *
8398 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8400 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b (new breakpoint ());
8402 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8403 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8405 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8406 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8409 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8411 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
8414 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8415 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8419 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8420 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8422 struct breakpoint *b;
8424 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8426 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8428 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8429 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8430 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8431 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8433 b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
8435 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8437 return breakpoint_up (b);
8440 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8441 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8442 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8444 static struct breakpoint *
8445 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8447 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8450 struct breakpoint *copy;
8452 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8453 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8454 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc);
8456 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8457 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8458 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8459 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8460 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8461 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8462 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8463 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8464 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8465 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8466 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8467 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8469 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8470 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8471 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8473 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8477 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8481 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8483 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8487 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8491 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8494 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8496 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8498 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8499 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8501 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8505 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8508 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8510 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8511 current_uiout->text ("\n");
8515 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
8517 static struct bp_location *
8518 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8519 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8521 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8522 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8523 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8525 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8526 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8528 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8529 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8530 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8531 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8532 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8533 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8534 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8537 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8538 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8539 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8540 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8545 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8546 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8547 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8548 loc->probe.prob = sal->prob;
8549 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
8550 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8551 loc->section = sal->section;
8552 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8553 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8554 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8555 loc->symbol = sal->symbol;
8556 loc->msymbol = sal->msymbol;
8557 loc->objfile = sal->objfile;
8559 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
8561 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8562 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8563 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8564 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8565 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8566 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8567 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8568 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8569 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8570 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8571 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8572 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8574 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8581 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8584 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
8588 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8589 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8592 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8594 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8598 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
8600 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8601 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8602 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8603 scoped_restore restore_memory
8604 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8606 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
8607 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8613 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8614 return 0 otherwise. */
8617 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8619 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8621 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8622 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8623 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8624 program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8626 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc))
8629 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
8630 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8631 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
8634 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8635 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8638 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8640 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8641 char *printf_line = NULL;
8646 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8648 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8650 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8652 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8654 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8655 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8657 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8658 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8659 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8661 if (!dprintf_function)
8662 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8664 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8665 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8670 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8674 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8676 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8677 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8680 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8681 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8685 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8686 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8688 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8690 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8691 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
8692 = new struct command_line (simple_control, printf_line);
8693 breakpoint_set_commands (b, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line,
8694 command_lines_deleter ()));
8697 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8698 current style settings. */
8701 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args, int from_tty,
8702 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8704 struct breakpoint *b;
8708 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8709 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8713 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8714 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8715 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8716 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8719 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8720 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8721 event_location_up &&location,
8722 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8723 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8724 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8725 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8726 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8727 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8728 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8729 int display_canonical)
8733 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8735 int target_resources_ok;
8737 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8738 target_resources_ok =
8739 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8741 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8742 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8743 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8744 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8747 gdb_assert (!sals.empty ());
8749 for (const auto &sal : sals)
8751 struct bp_location *loc;
8755 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8757 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8759 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8760 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8763 if (&sal == &sals[0])
8765 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8769 b->cond_string = cond_string.release ();
8770 b->extra_string = extra_string.release ();
8771 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8772 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8773 b->disposition = disposition;
8775 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8776 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8778 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8780 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8781 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8783 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8785 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8786 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8788 = &event_location_to_string (b->location.get ())[3];
8791 p = skip_spaces (p);
8793 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8795 t->static_trace_marker_id.assign (p, endp - p);
8797 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8799 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8801 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8803 t->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
8805 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8807 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8810 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8811 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8818 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8819 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8825 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
8827 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
8828 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8830 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8833 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8834 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8835 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8837 if (b->extra_string)
8838 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8840 error (_("Format string required"));
8842 else if (b->extra_string)
8843 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
8846 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8847 if (location != NULL)
8848 b->location = std::move (location);
8850 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
8851 b->filter = filter.release ();
8855 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8856 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8857 event_location_up &&location,
8858 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8859 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8860 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8861 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8862 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8863 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8864 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8865 int display_canonical)
8867 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type);
8869 init_breakpoint_sal (b.get (), gdbarch,
8870 sals, std::move (location),
8872 std::move (cond_string),
8873 std::move (extra_string),
8875 thread, task, ignore_count,
8877 enabled, internal, flags,
8880 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
8883 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8884 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8885 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8886 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8887 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8888 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8889 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8890 we take just a single condition string.
8892 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8893 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8894 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8895 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8896 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8899 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8900 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8901 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8902 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8903 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8904 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8905 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8906 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
8908 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
8909 gdb_assert (canonical->lsals.size () == 1);
8911 for (const auto &lsal : canonical->lsals)
8913 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8914 'break', without arguments. */
8915 event_location_up location
8916 = (canonical->location != NULL
8917 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ()) : NULL);
8918 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter_string
8919 (lsal.canonical != NULL ? xstrdup (lsal.canonical) : NULL);
8921 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal.sals,
8922 std::move (location),
8923 std::move (filter_string),
8924 std::move (cond_string),
8925 std::move (extra_string),
8927 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8928 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
8929 canonical->special_display);
8933 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8934 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8935 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8936 linespec locations).
8938 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8939 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8942 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
8943 struct linespec_result *canonical)
8945 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
8947 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
8949 const char *spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
8953 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8954 breakpoint address. */
8955 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8957 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8958 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8959 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8960 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8961 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8962 symtab_and_line sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
8963 CORE_ADDR pc = sal.pc;
8965 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8967 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8968 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8969 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8970 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8971 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8973 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8975 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8977 lsal.canonical = NULL;
8979 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
8983 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8987 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8988 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8989 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8990 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
8992 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
8993 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
8994 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
8995 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8997 const char *spec = NULL;
8999 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9000 spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9004 && strchr ("+-", spec[0]) != NULL
9007 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9008 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9009 get_last_displayed_line (),
9010 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9015 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9016 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9020 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9021 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9024 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector<symtab_and_line> &sals)
9026 for (auto &sal : sals)
9027 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9030 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9031 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9032 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9033 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9034 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9038 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9039 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals)
9041 for (const auto &sal : sals)
9043 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9045 sarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9046 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9047 associated with SAL. */
9051 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal.pc, &msg))
9052 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9053 paddress (sarch, sal.pc), msg.c_str ());
9057 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9058 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9059 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9060 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9061 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9062 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9065 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9066 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9069 *cond_string = NULL;
9076 const char *end_tok;
9078 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9079 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9081 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9083 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9085 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9089 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9091 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9093 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9095 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9096 parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9098 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9100 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9103 struct thread_info *thr;
9106 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9108 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9109 *thread = thr->global_num;
9112 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9117 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9119 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9120 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9121 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9126 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9130 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9134 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9136 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
9137 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9139 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9142 p = skip_spaces (p);
9144 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9146 std::string marker_str (p, endp - p);
9148 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
9149 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str.c_str ());
9150 if (markers.empty ())
9151 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9152 marker_str.c_str ());
9154 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
9155 sals.reserve (markers.size ());
9157 for (const static_tracepoint_marker &marker : markers)
9159 symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (marker.address, 0);
9160 sal.pc = marker.address;
9161 sals.push_back (sal);
9168 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9171 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9172 const struct event_location *location,
9173 const char *cond_string,
9174 int thread, const char *extra_string,
9176 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9178 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9179 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9180 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9183 struct linespec_result canonical;
9186 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9188 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9190 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9191 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9192 extra_string = NULL;
9196 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9198 catch (const gdb_exception_error &e)
9200 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9202 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9204 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9207 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9210 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9212 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9213 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9214 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9215 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9216 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9219 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9220 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9221 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9222 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9229 if (!pending && canonical.lsals.empty ())
9232 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9233 are ok for the target. */
9236 for (auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9237 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal.sals);
9240 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9241 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9243 for (const auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9244 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, lsal.sals);
9247 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9248 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9252 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string_copy;
9253 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string_copy;
9260 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
9262 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9263 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9264 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9265 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9267 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal.sals[0].pc,
9268 &cond, &thread, &task, &rest);
9269 cond_string_copy.reset (cond);
9270 extra_string_copy.reset (rest);
9274 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9275 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9276 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9278 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9280 cond_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (cond_string));
9281 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9283 extra_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (extra_string));
9286 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9287 std::move (cond_string_copy),
9288 std::move (extra_string_copy),
9290 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9291 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9292 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9296 std::unique_ptr <breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted);
9298 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9299 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9302 b->cond_string = NULL;
9305 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9306 b->cond_string = cond_string != NULL ? xstrdup (cond_string) : NULL;
9310 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9311 b->extra_string = extra_string != NULL ? xstrdup (extra_string) : NULL;
9312 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9313 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9314 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9315 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9316 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9317 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9318 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9320 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
9323 if (canonical.lsals.size () > 1)
9325 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9326 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9327 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9330 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9335 /* Set a breakpoint.
9336 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9337 condition, and thread.
9338 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9339 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9343 break_command_1 (const char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9345 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9346 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9347 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9349 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9351 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9353 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9354 if (location != NULL
9355 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9356 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9358 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9360 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9362 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9363 tempflag, type_wanted,
9364 0 /* Ignore count */,
9365 pending_break_support,
9373 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9376 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9380 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9382 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9383 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9384 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9387 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9388 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9389 if (sal->explicit_line)
9390 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9393 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9395 const struct blockvector *bv;
9396 const struct block *b;
9399 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
9400 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
9403 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9406 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
9407 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
9412 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9413 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9414 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9415 happen in assembly source). */
9417 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
9418 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9420 bound_minimal_symbol msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9422 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9429 break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9431 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9435 tbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9437 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9441 hbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9443 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9447 thbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9449 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9453 stop_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9455 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9456 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9457 stop at <line>\n"));
9461 stopin_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9467 else if (*arg != '*')
9469 const char *argptr = arg;
9472 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9473 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9474 function/method name. */
9475 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9477 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9482 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9484 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9488 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9490 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9494 stopat_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9498 if (arg == NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9502 const char *argptr = arg;
9505 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9506 it is probably a line number. */
9507 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9509 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9514 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9516 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9520 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9522 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9525 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9526 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9527 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9531 dprintf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9533 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9535 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9536 the next character must be ','. */
9539 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
9540 error (_("Format string required"));
9543 /* Skip the comma. */
9548 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9550 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9552 0 /* Ignore count */,
9553 pending_break_support,
9554 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9562 agent_printf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9564 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9567 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9568 ranged breakpoints. */
9571 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9572 const address_space *aspace,
9574 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9576 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9577 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9580 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9581 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9584 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9585 ranged breakpoints. */
9588 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9590 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9593 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9594 ranged breakpoints. */
9596 static enum print_stop_action
9597 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9599 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9600 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9601 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9603 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9605 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9606 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9608 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9610 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
9612 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9613 uiout->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9615 uiout->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9616 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
9618 uiout->field_string ("reason",
9619 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9620 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9622 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
9625 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9628 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9629 ranged breakpoints. */
9632 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9633 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9635 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9636 struct value_print_options opts;
9637 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9639 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9640 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9642 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9644 if (opts.addressprint)
9645 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9646 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9647 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
9649 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9653 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9654 ranged breakpoints. */
9657 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9658 struct ui_out *uiout)
9660 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9661 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9666 address_start = bl->address;
9667 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9669 uiout->text ("\taddress range: ");
9670 stb.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9671 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9672 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9673 uiout->field_stream ("addr", stb);
9677 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9678 ranged breakpoints. */
9681 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9683 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9684 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9687 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9689 uiout->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9690 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9691 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9694 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9695 ranged breakpoints. */
9698 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9700 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
9701 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
9702 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end.get ()));
9703 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9706 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9708 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9710 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9711 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9712 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9713 last instruction of the given line. */
9716 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9720 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9721 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9722 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9729 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9731 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9733 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9740 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9743 break_range_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9745 const char *arg_start;
9746 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9747 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9749 struct breakpoint *b;
9751 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9752 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9753 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9755 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9756 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9757 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9760 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9762 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9763 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9764 error(_("No address range specified."));
9767 event_location_up start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9769 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location.get (), &canonical_start);
9772 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9773 else if (canonical_start.lsals.empty ())
9774 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9776 const linespec_sals &lsal_start = canonical_start.lsals[0];
9778 if (canonical_start.lsals.size () > 1
9779 || lsal_start.sals.size () != 1)
9780 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9782 const symtab_and_line &sal_start = lsal_start.sals[0];
9783 std::string addr_string_start (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9785 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9786 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9788 /* Parse the end location. */
9792 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9793 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9794 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9795 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9796 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9797 event_location_up end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9799 decode_line_full (end_location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9800 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9801 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9803 if (canonical_end.lsals.empty ())
9804 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9806 const linespec_sals &lsal_end = canonical_end.lsals[0];
9807 if (canonical_end.lsals.size () > 1
9808 || lsal_end.sals.size () != 1)
9809 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9811 const symtab_and_line &sal_end = lsal_end.sals[0];
9813 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9814 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9815 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9817 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9819 /* Length overflowed. */
9820 error (_("Address range too large."));
9821 else if (length == 1)
9823 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9824 the `hbreak' command. */
9825 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start[0], 1);
9830 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9831 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9832 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9833 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9834 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9835 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9836 b->location = std::move (start_location);
9837 b->location_range_end = std::move (end_location);
9838 b->loc->length = length;
9841 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
9842 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9845 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9846 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9847 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9851 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9859 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9860 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9863 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9873 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9874 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9875 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9876 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9877 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9879 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
9905 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
9908 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
9909 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
9914 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
9915 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
9916 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
9917 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9918 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9919 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9920 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9922 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9923 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9928 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9930 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9931 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9932 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9933 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9935 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9936 are always constant. */
9938 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
9940 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
9941 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
9942 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
9947 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9948 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9949 then it is not a constant. */
9958 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
9960 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
9962 xfree (this->exp_string);
9963 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse);
9966 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9969 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9971 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9973 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9974 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9976 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9977 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9978 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9979 are loaded and unloaded.
9981 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9982 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9983 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9984 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9985 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9986 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9988 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9989 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9990 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9991 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9993 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9994 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9996 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9997 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9998 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10001 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10004 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10006 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10007 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10009 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10010 w->cond_exp.get ());
10013 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10016 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10018 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10019 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10021 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10022 w->cond_exp.get ());
10026 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10027 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10028 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10030 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10031 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10033 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10034 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10035 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10036 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10037 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10038 (did not match the data address). */
10039 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10040 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10047 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10049 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10051 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10054 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10055 hardware watchpoints. */
10058 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10060 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10061 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10063 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10066 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10067 hardware watchpoints. */
10070 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10072 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10073 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10076 static enum print_stop_action
10077 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10079 struct breakpoint *b;
10080 enum print_stop_action result;
10081 struct watchpoint *w;
10082 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10084 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10086 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10087 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10089 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10090 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10094 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> tuple_emitter;
10097 case bp_watchpoint:
10098 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10099 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10100 uiout->field_string
10101 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10103 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10104 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10105 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10106 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10107 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10108 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10109 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10110 uiout->text ("\n");
10111 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10112 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10115 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10116 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10117 uiout->field_string
10118 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10120 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10121 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10122 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10123 uiout->field_stream ("value", stb);
10124 uiout->text ("\n");
10125 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10128 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10129 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10131 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10132 uiout->field_string
10134 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10136 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10137 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10138 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10139 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10140 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10145 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10146 uiout->field_string
10148 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10149 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10150 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10152 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10153 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10154 uiout->text ("\n");
10155 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10158 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10164 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10168 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10170 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10171 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10172 const char *tuple_name;
10176 case bp_watchpoint:
10177 uiout->text ("Watchpoint ");
10178 tuple_name = "wpt";
10180 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10181 uiout->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10182 tuple_name = "wpt";
10184 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10185 uiout->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10186 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10188 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10189 uiout->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10190 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10193 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10194 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10197 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10198 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10199 uiout->text (": ");
10200 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10203 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10207 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10209 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10213 case bp_watchpoint:
10214 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10215 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10217 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10218 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10220 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10221 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10224 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10225 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10228 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10229 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10232 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10236 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10238 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10239 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10240 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10246 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10248 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10250 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10251 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10254 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10256 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10258 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10259 bl->watchpoint_type);
10262 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10263 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10266 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10268 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10270 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10271 bl->watchpoint_type);
10274 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10275 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10278 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10280 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10282 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10285 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10286 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10289 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10294 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10295 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10297 static enum print_stop_action
10298 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10300 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10301 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10303 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10304 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10306 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10307 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10311 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10312 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10313 uiout->field_string
10314 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10317 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10318 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10319 uiout->field_string
10320 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10323 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10324 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10325 uiout->field_string
10327 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10330 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10331 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10335 uiout->text (_("\n\
10336 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10337 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10338 uiout->text ("\n");
10340 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10341 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10344 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10345 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10348 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10349 struct ui_out *uiout)
10351 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10353 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10354 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10356 uiout->text ("\tmask ");
10357 uiout->field_core_addr ("mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10358 uiout->text ("\n");
10361 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10362 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10365 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10367 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10368 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10369 const char *tuple_name;
10373 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10374 uiout->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10375 tuple_name = "wpt";
10377 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10378 uiout->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10379 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10381 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10382 uiout->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10383 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10386 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10387 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10390 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10391 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10392 uiout->text (": ");
10393 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10396 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10397 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10400 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10402 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10407 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10408 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10410 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10411 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10413 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10414 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10417 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10418 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10421 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10422 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10423 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10426 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10428 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10430 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10433 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10435 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10438 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10439 hw_read: watch read,
10440 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10442 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10443 int just_location, int internal)
10445 struct breakpoint *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10446 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10447 struct value *result;
10448 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
10449 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10450 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10451 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10453 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10454 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10455 enum bptype bp_type;
10458 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10459 the hardware watchpoint. */
10461 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10463 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10464 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10466 const char *value_start;
10468 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10470 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10471 of the arguments string. */
10472 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10474 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10475 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10478 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10479 This is the value of the parameter. */
10480 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10482 value_start = tok + 1;
10484 /* Skip whitespace. */
10485 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10490 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10491 This is the parameter itself. */
10492 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10495 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10497 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
10499 struct thread_info *thr;
10500 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10501 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10502 only in a specific thread. */
10506 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10508 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10509 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
10511 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10512 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10513 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
10515 thread = thr->global_num;
10517 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
10519 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10520 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10522 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10525 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10527 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10529 mark = value_mark ();
10530 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10531 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10532 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10535 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10538 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10539 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10546 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10547 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10549 std::string expression (arg, exp_end - arg);
10550 exp_start = arg = expression.c_str ();
10551 innermost_block_tracker tracker;
10552 expression_up exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0, &tracker);
10554 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10555 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10557 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10560 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10561 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp.get ()))
10565 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10566 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10568 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10571 exp_valid_block = tracker.block ();
10572 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
10573 struct value *val_as_value = nullptr;
10574 fetch_subexp_value (exp.get (), &pc, &val_as_value, &result, NULL,
10577 if (val_as_value != NULL && just_location)
10579 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val_as_value);
10580 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val_as_value);
10588 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10589 val = release_value (value_addr (result));
10590 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10594 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val.get ()),
10597 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10598 else if (ret == -2)
10599 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10602 else if (val_as_value != NULL)
10603 val = release_value (val_as_value);
10605 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10606 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10608 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10609 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10611 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10612 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker;
10613 parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker);
10615 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10616 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10617 cond_exp_valid_block = if_tracker.block ();
10622 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10624 frame_info *wp_frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10626 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10628 frame_id watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (wp_frame);
10630 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10631 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10632 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10633 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10634 if (exp_valid_block != NULL && wp_frame != NULL)
10636 frame_id caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame);
10638 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10640 gdbarch *caller_arch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame);
10641 CORE_ADDR caller_pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame);
10644 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch, caller_pc,
10645 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10646 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10648 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10651 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10653 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10654 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10656 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10657 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = caller_frame_id;
10659 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10660 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch = caller_arch;
10661 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address = caller_pc;
10662 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10663 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10664 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10665 scope_breakpoint->type);
10669 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10670 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10671 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10672 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10674 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10675 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10676 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10677 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10679 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10681 std::unique_ptr<watchpoint> w (new watchpoint ());
10684 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10685 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10687 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10688 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10689 w->thread = thread;
10690 w->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10691 w->pspace = current_program_space;
10692 w->exp = std::move (exp);
10693 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10694 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10697 struct type *t = value_type (val.get ());
10698 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val.get ());
10700 w->exp_string_reparse
10701 = current_language->la_watch_location_expression (t, addr).release ();
10703 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10704 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10707 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10711 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10716 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
10717 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
10722 w->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10724 w->cond_string = 0;
10726 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame))
10728 w->watchpoint_frame = watchpoint_frame;
10729 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10733 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10734 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10737 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10739 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10740 need to act on them together. */
10741 w->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10742 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w.get ();
10745 if (!just_location)
10746 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10748 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10749 that should be inserted. */
10750 update_watchpoint (w.get (), 1);
10752 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (w), 1);
10755 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10756 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10759 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals)
10761 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10763 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10764 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10767 gdb_assert (!vals.empty ());
10768 struct value *head = vals[0].get ();
10770 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10771 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10772 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10773 hardware watchpoint.
10775 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10776 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10777 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10778 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10779 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10780 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10781 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10782 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10783 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10785 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10786 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10787 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10788 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10789 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : vals)
10791 struct value *v = iter.get ();
10793 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10795 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10796 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10797 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10798 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10799 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10800 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10804 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10805 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10806 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10808 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10809 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10810 middle of some value chain. */
10812 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10813 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10815 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10819 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10820 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10821 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10823 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10827 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10831 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10832 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10833 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10834 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10835 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10838 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10839 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10840 return found_memory_cnt;
10844 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10846 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10849 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10850 calls watch_command_1. */
10853 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10855 int just_location = 0;
10858 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10859 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10862 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10866 watch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10868 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10872 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10874 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10878 rwatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10880 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10884 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10886 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10890 awatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10892 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
10896 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10897 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10900 struct until_break_fsm : public thread_fsm
10902 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10905 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10906 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
10908 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10910 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
10912 until_break_fsm (struct interp *cmd_interp, int thread,
10913 breakpoint_up &&location_breakpoint,
10914 breakpoint_up &&caller_breakpoint)
10915 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp),
10917 location_breakpoint (std::move (location_breakpoint)),
10918 caller_breakpoint (std::move (caller_breakpoint))
10922 void clean_up (struct thread_info *thread) override;
10923 bool should_stop (struct thread_info *thread) override;
10924 enum async_reply_reason do_async_reply_reason () override;
10927 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10928 until(location)/advance commands. */
10931 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info *tp)
10933 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
10934 location_breakpoint.get ()) != NULL
10935 || (caller_breakpoint != NULL
10936 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
10937 caller_breakpoint.get ()) != NULL))
10943 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10944 until(location)/advance commands. */
10947 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info *)
10949 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10950 location_breakpoint.reset ();
10951 caller_breakpoint.reset ();
10952 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread);
10955 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10956 until(location)/advance commands. */
10958 enum async_reply_reason
10959 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
10961 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
10965 until_break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
10967 struct frame_info *frame;
10968 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
10969 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
10970 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
10972 struct thread_info *tp;
10974 clear_proceed_status (0);
10976 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10979 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10981 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals
10982 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
10983 ? decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
10984 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10985 get_last_displayed_line ())
10986 : decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10989 if (sals.size () != 1)
10990 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10992 symtab_and_line &sal = sals[0];
10995 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10997 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
10999 tp = inferior_thread ();
11000 thread = tp->global_num;
11002 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11003 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11004 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11007 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11008 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11009 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11010 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11012 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11015 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
11017 gdb::optional<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup> lj_deleter;
11019 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11021 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11022 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11024 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11025 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11026 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11027 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11032 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11033 lj_deleter.emplace (thread);
11036 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11039 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
11041 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11042 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11043 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11044 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11046 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11047 only at the very same frame. */
11048 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11049 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11051 tp->thread_fsm = new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp->global_num,
11052 std::move (location_breakpoint),
11053 std::move (caller_breakpoint));
11056 lj_deleter->release ();
11058 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11061 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11062 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11064 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11065 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11066 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11067 if clause in the arg string. */
11070 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg)
11072 const char *cond_string;
11074 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11077 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11080 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11081 condition string. */
11082 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11083 cond_string = *arg;
11085 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11087 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11089 return cond_string;
11092 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11093 process start/exit, etc. */
11097 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11098 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11103 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11104 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11106 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11107 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11108 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11111 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11112 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11113 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11117 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11119 /* The allowed syntax is:
11121 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11123 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11124 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11126 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11127 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11129 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11130 and enable reporting of such events. */
11133 case catch_fork_temporary:
11134 case catch_fork_permanent:
11135 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11136 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11138 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11139 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11140 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11141 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11144 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11150 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11151 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11153 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11155 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11157 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11161 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11163 /* The allowed syntax is:
11165 catch exec if <cond>
11167 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11168 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11170 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11171 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11173 std::unique_ptr<exec_catchpoint> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11174 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11175 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11176 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11178 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
11182 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11183 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11184 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11185 const char *addr_string,
11186 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11193 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11195 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11197 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11198 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11199 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11200 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11201 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11202 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11203 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11204 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11205 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11206 enough for now, though. */
11209 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11211 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11212 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11213 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11214 language_def (language_ada));
11215 b->language = language_ada;
11219 catch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11221 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11226 tcatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11228 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11231 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11234 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11236 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) a;
11237 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) b;
11239 if (a->number < b->number)
11241 else if (a->number > b->number)
11244 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11248 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11251 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11254 clear_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11256 struct breakpoint *b;
11259 std::vector<symtab_and_line> decoded_sals;
11260 symtab_and_line last_sal;
11261 gdb::array_view<symtab_and_line> sals;
11265 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11266 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11267 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11269 sals = decoded_sals;
11273 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11274 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11275 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11276 last_sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
11277 if (last_sal.symtab == 0)
11278 error (_("No source file specified."));
11284 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11285 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11286 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11287 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11289 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11290 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11291 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11292 due to optimization, all in one block.
11294 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11295 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11296 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11297 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11298 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11299 to support that. */
11301 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11302 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11303 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11306 std::vector<struct breakpoint *> found;
11307 for (const auto &sal : sals)
11309 const char *sal_fullname;
11311 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11312 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11313 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11316 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11321 1 0 <can't happen> */
11323 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11324 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11326 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11327 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11330 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11331 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11333 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11334 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11336 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11337 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11338 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11340 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11341 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11342 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11343 || loc->section == sal.section));
11344 int line_match = 0;
11346 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11347 && loc->symtab != NULL
11348 && sal_fullname != NULL
11349 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11350 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11351 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11352 sal_fullname) == 0)
11355 if (pc_match || line_match)
11364 found.push_back (b);
11368 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11369 if (found.empty ())
11372 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11374 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11377 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11378 std::sort (found.begin (), found.end (),
11379 [] (const breakpoint *bp_a, const breakpoint *bp_b)
11381 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a, bp_b) < 0;
11383 found.erase (std::unique (found.begin (), found.end (),
11384 [] (const breakpoint *bp_a, const breakpoint *bp_b)
11386 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a, bp_b) == 0;
11390 if (found.size () > 1)
11391 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11394 if (found.size () == 1)
11395 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11397 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11400 for (breakpoint *iter : found)
11403 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter->number);
11404 delete_breakpoint (iter);
11407 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11410 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11411 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11412 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11415 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11417 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11419 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11420 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11421 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11423 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11425 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11427 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11428 delete_breakpoint (b);
11432 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11433 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11434 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11435 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11436 stable way despite qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11439 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11441 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
11442 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
11444 if (a->address != b->address)
11445 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11447 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11448 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11451 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11452 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11453 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11455 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11456 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
11457 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
11459 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11460 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11461 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11463 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11464 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11465 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11467 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11470 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11471 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11472 content of the bp_locations array. */
11475 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11477 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11479 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11480 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11482 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11484 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11486 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11489 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11490 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11492 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11493 addr = bl->address - start;
11494 if (addr > bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
11495 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11497 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11499 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11500 addr = end - bl->address;
11501 if (addr > bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11502 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11506 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11509 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11511 struct breakpoint *b;
11512 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
11514 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
11516 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
11518 struct bp_location *bl;
11519 struct tracepoint *t;
11520 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
11522 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11523 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11524 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11527 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
11529 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11530 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
11532 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
11535 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
11538 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
11540 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11541 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11542 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11543 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11546 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11548 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11551 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
11553 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11554 t->number_on_target = b->number;
11555 if (bp_location_downloaded)
11556 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
11560 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11563 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11565 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11566 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11567 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11568 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11570 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11571 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11572 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11573 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11574 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11576 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11577 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11578 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11579 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11580 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11581 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11582 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11583 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11586 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11587 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11588 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11592 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11594 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11595 struct bp_location *loc;
11596 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11599 address = bl->address;
11600 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11602 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11603 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11604 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11606 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11607 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11610 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11611 the same program space as the location
11612 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11613 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11614 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11618 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11619 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11622 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11623 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11624 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11625 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11626 that have already been marked. */
11627 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11629 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11631 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
11634 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11635 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11636 locations are duplicate of which.
11638 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11639 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11643 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
11645 struct breakpoint *b;
11646 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11647 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11648 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11649 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11650 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11652 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11653 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11654 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11655 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11656 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11658 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11659 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11660 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11661 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11663 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11664 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11665 struct bp_location **old_locp;
11666 unsigned old_locations_count;
11667 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<struct bp_location *> old_locations (bp_locations);
11669 old_locations_count = bp_locations_count;
11670 bp_locations = NULL;
11671 bp_locations_count = 0;
11673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11674 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11675 bp_locations_count++;
11677 bp_locations = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_locations_count);
11678 locp = bp_locations;
11679 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11680 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11682 qsort (bp_locations, bp_locations_count, sizeof (*bp_locations),
11683 bp_locations_compare);
11685 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11687 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11688 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11689 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11690 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11691 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11694 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11695 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11697 locp = bp_locations;
11698 for (old_locp = old_locations.get ();
11699 old_locp < old_locations.get () + old_locations_count;
11702 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11703 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11705 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11706 not, we have to free it. */
11707 int found_object = 0;
11708 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11709 int keep_in_target = 0;
11712 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11713 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11714 while (locp < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11715 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11719 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11720 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11723 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11724 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11725 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11727 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11728 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11729 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11731 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11732 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11735 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11739 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11740 have to go through updates again. */
11741 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11743 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11745 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11747 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11748 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11749 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11750 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11751 at certain location is not inserted. */
11753 if (old_loc->inserted)
11755 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11758 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11760 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11761 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11762 keep_in_target = 1;
11766 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11767 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11768 remove its target-side condition. */
11770 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11771 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11772 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11773 this one from the target. */
11775 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11776 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc))
11779 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11780 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11783 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
11785 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
11787 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11788 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11789 supported, but the latter are. */
11790 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11792 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
11793 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
11796 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11797 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11799 if (loc2 != old_loc
11800 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
11802 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
11803 keep_in_target = 1;
11811 if (!keep_in_target)
11813 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc))
11815 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11816 this location on the global list, and try to
11817 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11818 reason why we will succeed next time.
11820 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11821 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11822 only after calling us. */
11823 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11824 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11825 old_loc->owner->number);
11833 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
11834 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
11836 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11837 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11838 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11839 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11840 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11841 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11842 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11843 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11844 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11845 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11846 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11847 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11848 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11849 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11852 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11853 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11855 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11856 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11857 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11858 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11859 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11860 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11861 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11862 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11863 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11864 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11865 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11866 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11867 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11870 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11871 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11872 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11873 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11875 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11876 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11877 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11878 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11879 traps we can no longer explain. */
11881 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11882 old_loc->owner = NULL;
11884 moribund_locations.push_back (old_loc);
11888 old_loc->owner = NULL;
11889 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
11894 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11895 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11896 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11897 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11898 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11899 are sorted first for the same address.
11901 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11902 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11904 bp_loc_first = NULL;
11905 wp_loc_first = NULL;
11906 awp_loc_first = NULL;
11907 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
11908 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
11910 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11912 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
11915 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
11916 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc)
11917 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11918 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11919 `struct bp_location'. */
11920 || is_tracepoint (b))
11922 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11923 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11927 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
11928 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
11929 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
11930 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
11931 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
11932 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
11934 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
11936 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
11937 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
11938 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
11940 *loc_first_p = loc;
11941 loc->duplicate = 0;
11943 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
11945 loc->needs_update = 1;
11946 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11947 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11953 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11954 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11955 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11957 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
11958 loc->duplicate = 1;
11960 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11961 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11964 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
11966 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
11967 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11970 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
11971 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
11972 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
11973 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
11974 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11976 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
11980 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
11981 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11985 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11987 for (int ix = 0; ix < moribund_locations.size (); ++ix)
11989 struct bp_location *loc = moribund_locations[ix];
11990 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
11992 decref_bp_location (&loc);
11993 unordered_remove (moribund_locations, ix);
12000 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12005 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12007 catch (const gdb_exception_error &e)
12012 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12015 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12019 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12020 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12022 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12023 bs->old_val = NULL;
12024 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12028 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12030 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12032 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12034 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12038 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12042 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12044 struct value_print_options opts;
12046 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12048 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12050 if (b->loc == NULL)
12052 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12053 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12054 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12055 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12057 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12058 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12060 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12062 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12063 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12068 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12069 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12075 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12077 printf_filtered (" at ");
12078 fputs_styled (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12079 address_style.style (),
12082 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12084 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12086 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12088 puts_filtered (": file ");
12089 fputs_styled (symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12090 file_name_style.style (),
12092 printf_filtered (", line %d.",
12093 b->loc->line_number);
12096 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12097 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12098 real situation somewhat. */
12099 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12100 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12105 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12107 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12109 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12114 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12116 xfree (function_name);
12119 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12121 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12123 xfree (this->cond_string);
12124 xfree (this->extra_string);
12125 xfree (this->filter);
12128 static struct bp_location *
12129 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12131 return new bp_location (self);
12135 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12137 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12140 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12141 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12144 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12146 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12150 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12151 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12153 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12157 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12158 const address_space *aspace,
12160 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12162 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12166 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12171 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12175 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12177 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12180 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12184 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12186 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12189 static enum print_stop_action
12190 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12192 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12196 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12197 struct ui_out *uiout)
12203 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12205 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12209 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12211 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12215 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12216 (const struct event_location *location,
12217 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12218 enum bptype type_wanted)
12220 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12224 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12225 struct linespec_result *c,
12226 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12227 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12228 enum bptype type_wanted,
12229 enum bpdisp disposition,
12231 int task, int ignore_count,
12232 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12233 int from_tty, int enabled,
12234 int internal, unsigned flags)
12236 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12239 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12240 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12241 const struct event_location *location,
12242 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12244 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12247 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12250 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12255 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12258 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12260 /* Nothing to do. */
12263 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12265 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12266 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12267 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12268 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12269 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12270 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12271 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12272 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12273 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12275 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12276 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12277 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12278 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
12279 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12280 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
12281 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12282 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12285 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12288 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12290 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12291 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
12293 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12294 delete_breakpoint (b);
12298 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12302 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12304 CORE_ADDR addr = bl->target_info.reqstd_address;
12306 bl->target_info.kind = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
12307 bl->target_info.placed_address = addr;
12309 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12310 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12312 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12316 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12318 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12319 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12321 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info, reason);
12325 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12326 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12327 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12329 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12330 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12333 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12337 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12338 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12339 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12346 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12347 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12348 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12350 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
12351 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12353 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12354 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12355 be set at the same address. */
12359 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
12363 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12365 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12370 static enum print_stop_action
12371 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12373 struct breakpoint *b;
12374 const struct bp_location *bl;
12376 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12378 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12380 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12381 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12383 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12384 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12385 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12388 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12389 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
12392 uiout->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12394 uiout->text ("Breakpoint ");
12395 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12397 uiout->field_string ("reason",
12398 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12399 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12401 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
12402 uiout->text (", ");
12404 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12408 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12410 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12415 case bp_breakpoint:
12416 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12417 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12418 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12420 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12421 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12422 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12423 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12425 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12426 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12429 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12437 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12439 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12440 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12441 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12442 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12443 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12444 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12445 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12446 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12447 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12449 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12450 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12452 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12453 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()));
12455 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12456 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12457 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
12458 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
12460 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12464 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12465 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12466 enum bptype type_wanted)
12468 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12472 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12473 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12474 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12475 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12476 enum bptype type_wanted,
12477 enum bpdisp disposition,
12479 int task, int ignore_count,
12480 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12481 int from_tty, int enabled,
12482 int internal, unsigned flags)
12484 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12485 std::move (cond_string),
12486 std::move (extra_string),
12488 disposition, thread, task,
12489 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12490 enabled, internal, flags);
12493 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12494 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12495 const struct event_location *location,
12496 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12498 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12501 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12504 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12508 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12509 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12510 case bp_overlay_event:
12511 case bp_longjmp_master:
12512 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12513 case bp_exception_master:
12514 delete_breakpoint (b);
12517 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12518 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12519 case bp_shlib_event:
12521 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12522 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12523 case bp_thread_event:
12529 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12531 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12533 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12534 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12535 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12536 objects (among other things). */
12537 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12538 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12544 static enum print_stop_action
12545 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12547 struct breakpoint *b;
12549 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12553 case bp_shlib_event:
12554 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12555 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12556 to shlib event" message.) */
12557 print_solib_event (0);
12560 case bp_thread_event:
12561 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12562 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12563 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12566 case bp_overlay_event:
12567 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12568 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12571 case bp_longjmp_master:
12572 /* These should never be enabled. */
12573 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12576 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12577 /* These should never be enabled. */
12578 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12579 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12582 case bp_exception_master:
12583 /* These should never be enabled. */
12584 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12585 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12589 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12593 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12595 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12598 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12601 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12603 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12604 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12605 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12606 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12610 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12612 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12615 static enum print_stop_action
12616 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12618 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12622 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12624 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12627 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12629 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12630 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12632 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12634 thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (this->thread);
12637 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
12640 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12643 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12645 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
12649 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12651 bl->probe.prob->set_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12658 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12659 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12661 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12662 bl->probe.prob->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12664 return bkpt_remove_location (bl, reason);
12668 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12669 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12670 enum bptype type_wanted)
12672 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12674 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
12676 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12677 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12680 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12681 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12682 const struct event_location *location,
12683 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12685 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
12687 error (_("probe not found"));
12691 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12694 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12696 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12700 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12701 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12702 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12704 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12710 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12711 struct ui_out *uiout)
12713 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12714 if (!tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
12716 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12718 uiout->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12719 uiout->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12720 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12721 uiout->text ("\n");
12726 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12728 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12733 case bp_tracepoint:
12734 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12735 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12737 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12738 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12739 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12741 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12742 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12743 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12746 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12747 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12754 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12756 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12758 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12759 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12760 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12761 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12762 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12765 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12766 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12768 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12769 event_location_to_string (self->location.get ()));
12770 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
12772 if (tp->pass_count)
12773 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12777 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12778 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12779 enum bptype type_wanted)
12781 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12785 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12786 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12787 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12788 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12789 enum bptype type_wanted,
12790 enum bpdisp disposition,
12792 int task, int ignore_count,
12793 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12794 int from_tty, int enabled,
12795 int internal, unsigned flags)
12797 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12798 std::move (cond_string),
12799 std::move (extra_string),
12801 disposition, thread, task,
12802 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12803 enabled, internal, flags);
12806 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12807 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12808 const struct event_location *location,
12809 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12811 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12814 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
12816 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12820 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12821 (const struct event_location *location,
12822 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12823 enum bptype type_wanted)
12825 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12826 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12829 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12830 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12831 const struct event_location *location,
12832 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12834 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12835 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
12838 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
12840 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12843 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12845 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12847 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12848 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
12850 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12851 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12852 3 - disconnect from target 1
12853 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12855 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12856 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12857 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12858 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12859 it all the time. */
12860 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
12861 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
12864 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12867 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12869 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
12870 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()),
12872 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12875 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12878 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12879 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12880 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12881 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12882 address are all handled. */
12885 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12887 struct bpstats tmp_bs;
12888 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
12890 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12891 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12892 condition not be evaluated. */
12895 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12896 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12897 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12898 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12899 commands here throws. */
12900 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
12901 bs->commands = NULL;
12903 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
12905 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
12906 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
12910 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12914 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12915 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12916 enum bptype type_wanted)
12918 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12919 const char *arg_start, *arg;
12921 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
12922 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
12924 std::string str (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
12925 const char *ptr = str.c_str ();
12926 canonical->location
12927 = new_linespec_location (&ptr, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
12930 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12931 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12935 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12936 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12937 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12938 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12939 enum bptype type_wanted,
12940 enum bpdisp disposition,
12942 int task, int ignore_count,
12943 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12944 int from_tty, int enabled,
12945 int internal, unsigned flags)
12947 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical->lsals[0];
12949 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12950 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12951 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12952 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12953 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12954 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12956 for (size_t i = 0; i < lsal.sals.size (); i++)
12958 event_location_up location
12959 = copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ());
12961 std::unique_ptr<tracepoint> tp (new tracepoint ());
12962 init_breakpoint_sal (tp.get (), gdbarch, lsal.sals[i],
12963 std::move (location), NULL,
12964 std::move (cond_string),
12965 std::move (extra_string),
12966 type_wanted, disposition,
12967 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
12968 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
12969 canonical->special_display);
12970 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12971 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12972 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12973 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12974 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12975 corresponds to this one */
12976 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
12978 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (tp), 0);
12982 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12983 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12984 const struct event_location *location,
12985 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12987 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12988 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
12990 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
12991 if (sals.size () > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
12993 sals[0] = sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
12998 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13001 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13004 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13006 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13009 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13013 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13015 struct breakpoint *b;
13017 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13019 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13020 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13023 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13024 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13025 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13026 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13027 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13030 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13031 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13032 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13033 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13035 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13038 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13039 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13040 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13042 struct breakpoint *related;
13043 struct watchpoint *w;
13045 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13046 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13047 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13048 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13052 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13054 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13055 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13056 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13057 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13058 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13061 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13062 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13063 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13064 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13066 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted.notify (bpt);
13068 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13069 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13071 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13072 if (b->next == bpt)
13074 b->next = bpt->next;
13078 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13080 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13081 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13082 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13083 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13084 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13085 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13086 commands won't work. */
13088 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13090 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13091 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13092 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13093 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13094 might be better design to have location completely
13095 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13096 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13098 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13099 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13100 bpt->type = bp_none;
13104 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13105 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13108 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13109 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13111 struct breakpoint *related;
13116 struct breakpoint *next;
13118 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13119 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13121 if (next == related)
13123 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13124 function (related);
13126 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13127 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13132 function (related);
13136 while (related != b);
13140 delete_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
13142 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13148 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13150 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13151 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13152 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13153 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13154 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13156 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13160 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13162 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13164 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13165 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13166 delete_breakpoint (b);
13170 map_breakpoint_numbers
13171 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *br)
13173 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br, delete_breakpoint);
13177 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13178 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13182 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13184 struct bp_location *loc;
13186 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13187 if ((pspace == NULL
13188 || loc->pspace == pspace)
13189 && !loc->shlib_disabled
13190 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13195 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13196 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13197 Null names are ignored. */
13200 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13202 struct bp_location *l;
13203 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string, streq_hash, NULL,
13206 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13209 const char *name = l->function_name;
13211 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13215 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13217 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13221 htab_delete (htab);
13227 htab_delete (htab);
13231 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13232 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13233 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13234 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13235 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13236 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13237 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13238 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13241 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13242 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13243 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13244 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13245 in the sources, and output a warning.
13247 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13248 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13249 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13250 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13251 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13254 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13255 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13256 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13257 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13258 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13259 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13260 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13261 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13262 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13264 static struct symtab_and_line
13265 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13267 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13268 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13273 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13275 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13277 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id != marker.str_id)
13278 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13279 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str (),
13280 marker.str_id.c_str ());
13282 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
13287 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13289 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13291 && sal.symtab != NULL
13292 && !tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
13294 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
13295 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13296 (tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13298 if (!markers.empty ())
13300 struct symbol *sym;
13301 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13302 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13303 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
13305 tpmarker = &markers[0];
13307 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (tpmarker->str_id);
13309 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13310 "found at previous line number"),
13311 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13313 symtab_and_line sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13314 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13315 uiout->text ("Now in ");
13318 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym),
13319 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION);
13320 uiout->text (" at ");
13322 uiout->field_string ("file",
13323 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13324 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
13327 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
13329 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13331 uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname);
13334 uiout->field_int ("line", sal2.line);
13335 uiout->text ("\n");
13337 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13338 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13340 b->location.reset (NULL);
13341 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13342 explicit_loc.source_filename
13343 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13344 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
13345 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
13346 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13348 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13355 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13356 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13359 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13363 if (a->address != b->address)
13366 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13369 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13376 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13382 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13383 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13384 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13386 static struct bp_location *
13387 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13389 struct bp_location head;
13390 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
13391 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
13392 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
13394 if (pspace == NULL)
13405 if (i->pspace == pspace)
13420 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13421 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13422 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13423 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13427 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13428 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
13429 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
13430 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals_end)
13432 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
13434 if (!sals_end.empty () && (sals.size () != 1 || sals_end.size () != 1))
13436 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13438 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13439 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13440 "multiple locations found\n"),
13445 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13446 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13447 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13448 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13449 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13450 individual locations. */
13451 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.empty ())
13454 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
13456 for (const auto &sal : sals)
13458 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13460 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
13462 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
13464 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13466 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13470 s = b->cond_string;
13473 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sal.pc,
13474 block_for_pc (sal.pc),
13477 catch (const gdb_exception_error &e)
13479 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13480 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13481 b->number, e.what ());
13482 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13486 if (!sals_end.empty ())
13488 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end[0]);
13490 new_loc->length = end - sals[0].pc + 1;
13494 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13497 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13498 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13499 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13500 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13501 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13502 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13503 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13505 for (; e; e = e->next)
13507 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13509 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13510 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13512 for (; l; l = l->next)
13513 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13521 for (; l; l = l->next)
13522 if (l->function_name
13523 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13533 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13534 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13537 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13538 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13540 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13541 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
13542 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
13544 struct gdb_exception exception;
13546 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13548 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
13552 sals = b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
13554 catch (gdb_exception_error &e)
13556 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13558 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13559 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13560 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13561 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13562 state, then user already saw the message about that
13563 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13565 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13566 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13568 && search_pspace != NULL
13569 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
13570 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13571 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13572 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13573 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13575 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13577 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13578 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13579 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13580 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13581 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13582 which approach is better. */
13583 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13587 exception = std::move (e);
13590 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13592 for (auto &sal : sals)
13593 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
13594 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
13596 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
13599 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals[0].pc,
13600 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
13602 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
13604 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13605 b->thread = thread;
13609 xfree (b->extra_string);
13610 b->extra_string = extra_string;
13612 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13615 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13616 sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals[0]);
13626 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13627 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13631 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13633 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
13634 std::vector<symtab_and_line> expanded, expanded_end;
13637 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location.get (),
13638 filter_pspace, &found);
13640 expanded = std::move (sals);
13642 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
13644 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals_end
13645 = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end.get (),
13646 filter_pspace, &found);
13648 expanded_end = std::move (sals_end);
13651 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
13654 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13655 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13658 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
13659 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13660 enum bptype type_wanted)
13662 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
13665 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13666 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13670 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13671 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13672 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13673 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13674 enum bptype type_wanted,
13675 enum bpdisp disposition,
13677 int task, int ignore_count,
13678 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13679 int from_tty, int enabled,
13680 int internal, unsigned flags)
13682 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical,
13683 std::move (cond_string),
13684 std::move (extra_string),
13685 type_wanted, disposition,
13686 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13687 enabled, internal, flags);
13690 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13691 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13693 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13694 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
13695 const struct event_location *location,
13696 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13698 struct linespec_result canonical;
13700 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
13701 NULL, 0, &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13704 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13705 gdb_assert (canonical.lsals.size () < 2);
13707 if (!canonical.lsals.empty ())
13709 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
13710 return std::move (lsal.sals);
13715 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13718 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint *b)
13720 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13721 set_language (b->language);
13723 b->ops->re_set (b);
13726 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13727 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13730 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13732 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13735 scoped_restore_current_language save_language;
13736 scoped_restore save_input_radix = make_scoped_restore (&input_radix);
13737 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
13739 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13740 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13741 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13742 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13743 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13744 we select the current frame.
13746 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13747 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13748 have been reset. */
13749 scoped_restore save_language_mode = make_scoped_restore (&language_mode);
13750 language_mode = language_mode_manual;
13752 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13753 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13754 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13755 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13757 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13761 breakpoint_re_set_one (b);
13763 catch (const gdb_exception &ex)
13765 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
13766 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13771 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13774 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13775 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13776 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13777 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13779 /* Now we can insert. */
13780 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
13783 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13785 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13786 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13788 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
13790 if (b->thread != -1)
13792 b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
13794 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13795 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13796 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13798 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
13802 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13803 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13804 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13807 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
13809 struct breakpoint *b;
13814 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13815 if (b->number == bptnum)
13817 if (is_tracepoint (b))
13819 if (from_tty && count != 0)
13820 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13825 b->ignore_count = count;
13829 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13830 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13832 else if (count == 1)
13833 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13836 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13837 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13840 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13844 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
13847 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13850 ignore_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
13852 const char *p = args;
13856 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13858 num = get_number (&p);
13860 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
13862 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13864 set_ignore_count (num,
13865 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
13868 printf_filtered ("\n");
13872 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13873 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13876 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range,
13877 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13879 if (bp_num_range.first == 0)
13881 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13882 bp_num_range.first);
13886 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
13888 for (int i = bp_num_range.first; i <= bp_num_range.second; i++)
13890 bool match = false;
13892 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
13893 if (b->number == i)
13900 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i);
13905 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13909 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args,
13910 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13912 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13913 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13915 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
13917 while (!parser.finished ())
13919 int num = parser.get_number ();
13920 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num, num), function);
13924 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13925 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13927 static struct bp_location *
13928 find_location_by_number (int bp_num, int loc_num)
13930 struct breakpoint *b;
13932 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13933 if (b->number == bp_num)
13938 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
13939 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num);
13942 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
13945 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13946 if (++n == loc_num)
13949 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
13952 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13953 enum class extract_bp_kind
13955 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13958 /* Extracting a location number. */
13962 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
13963 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
13964 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
13965 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
13966 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
13969 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind, const char *start,
13970 int trailer, const char **end_out = NULL)
13972 const char *end = start;
13973 int num = get_number_trailer (&end, trailer);
13975 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
13976 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13977 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13978 int (end - start), start);
13980 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
13981 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13982 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13983 int (end - start), start);
13985 if (end_out != NULL)
13990 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
13991 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
13992 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
13993 are always positive integers. */
13995 static std::pair<int, int>
13996 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind,
13997 const std::string &arg,
13998 std::string::size_type arg_offset)
14000 std::pair<int, int> range;
14001 const char *bp_loc = &arg[arg_offset];
14002 std::string::size_type dash = arg.find ('-', arg_offset);
14003 if (dash != std::string::npos)
14005 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14006 if (arg.length () == dash + 1)
14007 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14008 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14009 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14013 const char *start_first = bp_loc;
14014 const char *start_second = &arg[dash + 1];
14015 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, start_first, '-');
14016 range.second = extract_bp_num (kind, start_second, '\0', &end);
14018 if (range.first > range.second)
14019 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14020 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14021 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14022 int (end - start_first), start_first);
14026 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14027 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, bp_loc, '\0');
14028 range.second = range.first;
14033 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14034 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14037 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14039 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14040 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14041 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14042 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14043 location number range.
14047 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string &arg,
14048 std::pair<int, int> &bp_num_range,
14049 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range)
14051 std::string::size_type dot = arg.find ('.');
14053 if (dot != std::string::npos)
14055 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14057 if (arg.length () == dot + 1 || dot == 0)
14058 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg.c_str ());
14061 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg.c_str (), '.');
14062 bp_num_range.second = bp_num_range.first;
14064 bp_loc_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc,
14069 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14071 bp_num_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg, 0);
14072 bp_loc_range.first = 0;
14073 bp_loc_range.second = 0;
14077 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14078 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14081 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num, int loc_num, bool enable)
14083 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (bp_num, loc_num);
14086 if (loc->enabled != enable)
14088 loc->enabled = enable;
14089 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14091 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14092 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14093 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14094 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14096 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14098 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (loc->owner);
14101 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14102 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14103 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14104 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14108 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num,
14109 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range,
14112 for (int i = bp_loc_range.first; i <= bp_loc_range.second; i++)
14113 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num, i, enable);
14116 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14117 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14118 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14121 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14123 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14124 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14125 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14126 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14129 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14131 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14132 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14134 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14135 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14137 struct bp_location *location;
14139 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14140 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14143 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14145 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14148 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14149 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14150 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14151 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14154 enable_disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty, bool enable)
14158 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14160 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14161 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14164 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14166 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14171 std::string num = extract_arg (&args);
14173 while (!num.empty ())
14175 std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range, bp_loc_range;
14177 extract_bp_number_and_location (num, bp_num_range, bp_loc_range);
14179 if (bp_loc_range.first == bp_loc_range.second
14180 && bp_loc_range.first == 0)
14182 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14183 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range,
14185 ? enable_breakpoint
14186 : disable_breakpoint);
14190 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14192 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14193 (bp_num_range.first, bp_loc_range, enable);
14195 num = extract_arg (&args);
14200 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14201 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14202 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14203 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14206 disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14208 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, false);
14212 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14215 int target_resources_ok;
14217 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14220 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14221 target_resources_ok =
14222 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14224 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14225 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14226 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14227 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14230 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14232 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14233 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14237 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14239 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14240 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14241 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14243 catch (const gdb_exception &e)
14245 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14246 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14252 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14254 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14255 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14257 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14258 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14260 struct bp_location *location;
14262 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14263 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14266 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14267 bpt->enable_count = count;
14268 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14270 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14275 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14277 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14280 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14281 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14282 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14283 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14286 enable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14288 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, true);
14292 enable_once_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14294 map_breakpoint_numbers
14295 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14297 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14298 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14300 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, 1);
14306 enable_count_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14311 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14313 count = get_number (&args);
14315 map_breakpoint_numbers
14316 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14318 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14319 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14321 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, count);
14327 enable_delete_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14329 map_breakpoint_numbers
14330 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14332 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14333 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14335 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_del, 1);
14341 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14346 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14350 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14351 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14355 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14356 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14357 const bfd_byte *data)
14359 struct breakpoint *bp;
14361 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14362 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14363 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14365 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14367 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val != nullptr)
14369 struct bp_location *loc;
14371 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14372 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14373 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14374 && addr + len > loc->address)
14383 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14386 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14387 const address_space *aspace,
14390 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
14391 struct symtab_and_line sal;
14392 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
14394 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
14396 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
14397 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
14400 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
14402 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
14403 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
14404 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
14406 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
14409 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14412 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
14414 struct regcache *regcache = get_current_regcache ();
14415 std::vector<CORE_ADDR> next_pcs;
14417 next_pcs = gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch, regcache);
14419 if (!next_pcs.empty ())
14421 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
14422 const address_space *aspace = get_frame_address_space (frame);
14424 for (CORE_ADDR pc : next_pcs)
14425 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, pc);
14433 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14436 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
14437 const address_space *aspace,
14440 struct bp_location *loc;
14442 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14444 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
14450 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14454 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
14457 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14459 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14461 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
14462 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
14468 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14470 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14472 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14474 tracepoint_count = num;
14475 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14479 trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14481 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14483 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14485 if (location != NULL
14486 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
14487 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14489 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14491 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14493 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14495 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14496 0 /* Ignore count */,
14497 pending_break_support,
14501 0 /* internal */, 0);
14505 ftrace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14507 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14509 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14511 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14513 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14514 0 /* Ignore count */,
14515 pending_break_support,
14516 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14519 0 /* internal */, 0);
14522 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14525 strace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14527 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14528 event_location_up location;
14530 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14531 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14532 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
14534 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14535 location = new_linespec_location (&arg, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
14539 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14540 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
14543 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14545 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14547 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14548 0 /* Ignore count */,
14549 pending_break_support,
14553 0 /* internal */, 0);
14556 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14557 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14559 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14560 static int next_cmd;
14563 read_uploaded_action (void)
14565 char *rslt = nullptr;
14567 if (next_cmd < this_utp->cmd_strings.size ())
14569 rslt = this_utp->cmd_strings[next_cmd].get ();
14576 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14577 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14578 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14579 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14580 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14582 struct tracepoint *
14583 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14585 const char *addr_str;
14586 char small_buf[100];
14587 struct tracepoint *tp;
14589 if (utp->at_string)
14590 addr_str = utp->at_string.get ();
14593 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14594 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14595 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14597 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14598 "source location, using raw address"),
14600 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14601 addr_str = small_buf;
14604 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14605 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14606 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14607 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14610 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str,
14612 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14614 utp->cond_string.get (), -1, addr_str,
14615 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14617 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14618 0 /* Ignore count */,
14619 pending_break_support,
14620 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14622 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14624 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
14627 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14628 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14629 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14633 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
14636 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14639 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14640 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14641 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14643 if (!utp->cmd_strings.empty ())
14645 counted_command_line cmd_list;
14650 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL);
14652 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, std::move (cmd_list));
14654 else if (!utp->actions.empty ()
14655 || !utp->step_actions.empty ())
14656 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14657 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14660 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14661 tp->hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14662 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14667 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14671 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14673 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14676 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14678 if (num_printed == 0)
14680 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14681 uiout->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14683 uiout->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14686 default_collect_info ();
14689 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14690 Not supported by all targets. */
14692 enable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14694 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14697 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14698 Not supported by all targets. */
14700 disable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14702 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14705 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14707 delete_trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14709 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14715 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14717 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14718 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14719 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14721 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14722 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14724 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14728 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14730 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14733 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14734 delete_breakpoint (b);
14738 map_breakpoint_numbers
14739 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *br)
14741 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br, delete_breakpoint);
14745 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14748 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14750 tp->pass_count = count;
14751 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (tp);
14753 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14754 tp->number, count);
14757 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14759 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14760 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14761 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14764 trace_pass_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14766 struct tracepoint *t1;
14769 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14770 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14771 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14773 count = strtoulst (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14775 args = skip_spaces (args);
14776 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
14778 struct breakpoint *b;
14780 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14782 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14784 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14786 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14787 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14790 else if (*args == '\0')
14792 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
14794 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14798 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14799 while (!parser.finished ())
14801 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &parser);
14803 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14808 struct tracepoint *
14809 get_tracepoint (int num)
14811 struct breakpoint *t;
14813 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14814 if (t->number == num)
14815 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14820 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14821 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14824 struct tracepoint *
14825 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
14827 struct breakpoint *b;
14829 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14831 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14833 if (t->number_on_target == num)
14840 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14841 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14842 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14843 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14845 struct tracepoint *
14846 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg,
14847 number_or_range_parser *parser)
14849 struct breakpoint *t;
14851 const char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
14853 if (parser != NULL)
14855 gdb_assert (!parser->finished ());
14856 tpnum = parser->get_number ();
14858 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
14859 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
14861 tpnum = get_number (arg);
14865 if (instring && *instring)
14866 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14869 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14873 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14874 if (t->number == tpnum)
14876 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14879 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
14884 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
14886 if (b->thread != -1)
14887 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
14890 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
14892 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
14895 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14896 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14897 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14901 save_breakpoints (const char *filename, int from_tty,
14902 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
14904 struct breakpoint *tp;
14906 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
14908 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
14909 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14911 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14912 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
14914 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14915 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
14918 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14919 if (filter && !filter (tp))
14924 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
14926 extra_trace_bits = 1;
14928 /* We can stop searching. */
14935 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14939 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename));
14943 if (!fp.open (expanded_filename.get (), "w"))
14944 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14945 expanded_filename.get (), safe_strerror (errno));
14947 if (extra_trace_bits)
14948 save_trace_state_variables (&fp);
14950 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
14952 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14953 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
14956 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14957 if (filter && !filter (tp))
14960 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, &fp);
14962 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14963 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14966 if (tp->cond_string)
14967 fp.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
14969 if (tp->ignore_count)
14970 fp.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
14972 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
14974 fp.puts (" commands\n");
14976 current_uiout->redirect (&fp);
14979 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands.get (), 2);
14981 catch (const gdb_exception &ex)
14983 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
14987 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
14988 fp.puts (" end\n");
14991 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
14992 fp.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
14994 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
14995 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
14996 special, and not user visible. */
14997 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
14999 struct bp_location *loc;
15002 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15004 fp.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15008 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15009 fp.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15012 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename.get ());
15015 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15018 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15020 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15023 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15026 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15028 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15031 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15033 std::vector<breakpoint *>
15034 all_tracepoints (void)
15036 std::vector<breakpoint *> tp_vec;
15037 struct breakpoint *tp;
15039 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15041 tp_vec.push_back (tp);
15048 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15049 locations used by several commands. */
15051 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15052 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15053 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15054 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15055 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15056 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15058 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15059 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15060 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15062 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15063 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15064 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15065 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15066 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15068 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15069 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15070 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15071 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15072 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15073 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15075 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15076 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15077 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15080 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15081 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15082 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15083 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15084 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15085 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15086 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15089 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15090 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15092 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15093 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15094 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15095 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15096 conditions are different.\n\
15098 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15100 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15101 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15103 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15104 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15107 add_catch_command (const char *name, const char *docstring,
15108 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15109 completer_ftype *completer,
15110 void *user_data_catch,
15111 void *user_data_tcatch)
15113 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15115 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15117 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15118 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15119 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15121 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15123 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15124 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15125 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15129 save_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
15131 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15132 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15133 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15136 struct breakpoint *
15137 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15140 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15142 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15144 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15151 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15152 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15155 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15157 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15158 non-inline function. */
15159 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15165 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15166 have been inlined. */
15169 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15170 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15172 struct breakpoint *b;
15173 struct bp_location *bl;
15175 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15177 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15180 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15182 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15183 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15191 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15194 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15196 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15198 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15199 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15200 loc->symtab = NULL;
15204 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15206 static int initialized = 0;
15208 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15214 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15215 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15216 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15217 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15218 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15219 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15220 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15221 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15222 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15223 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15224 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15225 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15227 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15228 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15229 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15230 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15231 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15232 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15233 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15234 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15236 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15237 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15238 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15239 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15240 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15241 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15242 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15243 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15244 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15245 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15247 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15248 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15249 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15250 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15251 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15252 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15253 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15255 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15256 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15257 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15258 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15259 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15260 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15261 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15263 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15264 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15265 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15266 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15267 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15268 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15269 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
15272 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15273 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15274 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15275 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15276 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15277 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15278 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15279 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15280 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15281 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15282 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15283 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15284 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15286 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15287 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15288 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15289 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15290 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15291 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15292 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15293 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15294 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15295 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15296 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15299 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15300 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15301 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15302 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15303 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15304 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15305 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15306 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
15307 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15308 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
15310 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15311 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15312 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15313 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15314 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
15316 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15317 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15318 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15319 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
15320 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15321 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
15323 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15324 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15325 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15326 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15327 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15328 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15329 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15330 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15331 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15332 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15334 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15335 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15336 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15337 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15338 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15339 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15340 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15341 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15342 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15343 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15345 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15346 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15347 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15348 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15349 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15350 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15351 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15352 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15353 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15354 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15356 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15357 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15358 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15359 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15360 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15361 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15362 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15363 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15364 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15365 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15366 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15368 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15369 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15370 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15371 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15372 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15373 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15374 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15375 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15376 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
15379 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15381 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15383 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15385 cmd_list_element *commands_cmd_element = nullptr;
15388 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15390 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15392 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15394 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15395 gdb::observers::free_objfile.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
15396 gdb::observers::memory_changed.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15398 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15399 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15400 before a breakpoint is set. */
15401 breakpoint_count = 0;
15403 tracepoint_count = 0;
15405 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15406 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15407 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15409 commands_cmd_element = add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint,
15410 commands_command, _("\
15411 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15412 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15413 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15415 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15416 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15417 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15418 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15419 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15421 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15422 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15423 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15424 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15425 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15427 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15428 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15429 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15430 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15431 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15433 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15434 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15436 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15437 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15438 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15439 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15441 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15442 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15444 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15445 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15446 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15447 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15449 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15450 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15452 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15453 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15454 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15455 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15456 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15457 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15458 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15460 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15462 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15463 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15464 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15465 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15466 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15467 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15469 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15470 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15471 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15474 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15475 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15476 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15479 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15480 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15481 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15482 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15485 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15486 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15487 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15490 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15491 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15492 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15495 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15496 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15497 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15498 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15501 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15502 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15503 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15504 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15505 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15506 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15507 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15508 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15510 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15511 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15512 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15513 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15514 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15515 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15518 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15519 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15520 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15521 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15523 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15524 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15525 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15526 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15527 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15529 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15530 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15531 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15532 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15533 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15536 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15537 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15538 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15540 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15541 is executing in.\n"
15542 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15543 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15544 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15546 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15547 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15548 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15549 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15551 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15552 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15553 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15554 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15558 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15559 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15560 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15561 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15562 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15563 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15564 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15565 add_com ("status", class_info, info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15566 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15567 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15568 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15569 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15570 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15571 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15572 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15573 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15575 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15576 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15577 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15578 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15579 breakpoint set."));
15582 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15583 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15584 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15585 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15586 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15587 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15588 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15589 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15590 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15592 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15593 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15594 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15595 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15596 breakpoint set."));
15598 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15600 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15601 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15602 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15603 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15604 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15605 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15606 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15607 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15608 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15609 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15610 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15611 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15612 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15614 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15615 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15616 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15617 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15619 &maintenanceinfolist);
15621 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15622 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15623 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15624 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15626 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15627 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15628 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15629 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15631 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15632 catch_fork_command_1,
15634 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15635 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15636 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15637 catch_fork_command_1,
15639 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15640 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15641 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15642 catch_exec_command_1,
15646 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15647 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15648 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15649 catch_load_command_1,
15653 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15654 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15655 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15656 catch_unload_command_1,
15661 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15662 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15663 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15664 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15665 an expression changes.\n\
15666 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15667 the memory to which it refers."));
15668 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15670 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15671 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15672 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15673 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15674 an expression is read.\n\
15675 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15676 the memory to which it refers."));
15677 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15679 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15680 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15681 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15682 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15683 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15684 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15685 the memory to which it refers."));
15686 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15688 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command, _("\
15689 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15691 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15692 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15693 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15694 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15695 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15696 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15697 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15698 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15699 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15702 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15703 &setlist, &showlist);
15705 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15707 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15709 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15710 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15712 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15713 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15714 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15716 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15717 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15718 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15719 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15721 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15722 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15724 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15725 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15726 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15728 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15729 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15731 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15732 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15733 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15734 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15735 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15736 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15737 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15738 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15739 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15741 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15742 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15743 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15744 conditions are different.\n\
15746 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15747 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15748 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15750 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command, _("\
15751 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15752 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15753 last tracepoint set."));
15755 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15757 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15758 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15759 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15760 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15762 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
15764 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15765 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15766 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15767 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15769 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15771 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15772 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15773 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15774 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15776 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
15778 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
15779 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15780 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15781 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15782 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15784 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
15785 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15786 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
15787 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15789 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
15790 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15791 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15792 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15793 session to restore them."),
15795 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15797 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
15798 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15799 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15801 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15803 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
15804 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
15806 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15807 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15808 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15809 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15810 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
15811 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
15812 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15813 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15814 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15815 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15816 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
15817 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
15819 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
15820 &pending_break_support, _("\
15821 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15822 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15823 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15824 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15825 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15826 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15828 show_pending_break_support,
15829 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15830 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15832 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
15834 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
15835 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
15836 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15837 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15838 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15839 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15840 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15842 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
15843 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15844 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15846 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
15847 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
15848 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15849 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15850 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15851 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15852 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15853 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15854 when execution stops."),
15856 &show_always_inserted_mode,
15857 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15858 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15860 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
15861 condition_evaluation_enums,
15862 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
15863 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15864 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15865 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15866 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15867 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15868 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15869 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15870 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15871 be set to \"gdb\""),
15872 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
15873 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
15874 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15875 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15877 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
15878 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15879 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15880 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15881 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15882 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15883 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15884 or the start of the range\n\
15885 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15886 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15887 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15889 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15890 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15891 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15893 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
15894 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15895 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15896 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15897 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
15898 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15900 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
15901 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
15902 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15903 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15904 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15905 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15906 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15907 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15908 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15909 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15910 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
15911 &setlist, &showlist);
15913 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
15914 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
15915 &dprintf_function, _("\
15916 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15917 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
15918 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
15919 &setlist, &showlist);
15921 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
15922 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
15923 &dprintf_channel, _("\
15924 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15925 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
15926 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
15927 &setlist, &showlist);
15929 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
15930 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
15931 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15932 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15933 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
15934 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
15937 &setlist, &showlist);
15939 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
15940 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
15941 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
15943 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
15945 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
15946 gdb::observers::thread_exit.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints);